EMS SATCOM eNfusion HSD-440, HSD-440 SBB Mode, HSD-440 SBB Mode High-speed Data Terminal System Description, Installation, and Maintenance Manual

Below you will find brief information for High-speed Data Terminal eNfusion HSD-440, High-speed Data Terminal eNfusion HSD-440 SBB Mode. This document provides configuration and operational procedures for these terminals.

PDF

Document

eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

System Description, Installation, and Maintenance Manual

MN-1252-33077, Revision C00

This document provides configuration and operational procedures for the equipment listed below.

Model eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal 115 V ac or 28 V dc eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal SBB Mode 115 V ac or 28 V dc eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal SBB Mode 115 V ac or 28 V dc for Multi-Channel Operation

1252-A-3400

1252-A-3420-02

1252-A-3420-03

23-15-30

TITLE PAGE T-1

24 JUN 09

PROPRIETARY STATEMENT

This document contains information which is proprietary and confidential to EMS SATCOM (EMS

Technologies Canada, Ltd.). Neither this document nor the information contained within may be used for any purpose other than the purpose for which it was prepared. Neither this document nor the information contained within may be disclosed or copied without the prior written permission of

Revision

001

002

ECR

N/A Draft release

Revision Table

Description

070167 Draft release to benchmark changes

003

004

070243

070460

Updated environmental specifications table

Updated with final software

A00

B00

C00

070701 Official release to customers

080592 Added new part numbers, SCM installation instructions, SBB updates

090725 Added updated drawing (Rev B) of 1252-E-3420. Updated Table

1-3. Updated return shipping information, Updated I-4 Satellite info

Cabin Network Xcelerator® and CNX® are registered trademarks of EMS Technologies, Ltd.

Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries.

Other product, brand, service, and company names herein are the trademarks of their respective owners.

Our products are under continuous research and development. Any information may therefore be changed without prior notice. EMS SATCOM reserves the right to make improvements or changes in the product described in this manual at any time without notice. While reasonable efforts have been made in the preparation of this document to assure its accuracy, EMS SATCOM assumes no liability resulting from any errors or omissions in this document, or from the use of the information contained herein.

Printed in Canada.

EMS SATCOM

400 Maple Grove Road, Ottawa, Ontario, K2V 1B8, CANADA

EMS SATCOM Reception: (613) 591-9064

EMS SATCOM Product Support: (888) 300-7415 (calls are routed to an on-call Product

Support specialist after regular business hours)

+44 1684 290 020 (UK)

(613) 591-3086 (outside North America)

EMS SATCOM E-mail Help:

EMS SATCOM Web site: [email protected]

www.emssatcom.com

EMS SATCOM Sales and Marketing: 800-600-9759

23-15-30

TITLE PAGE T-2

24 JUN 09

CUSTOMER RESPONSE FORM

To help us improve the quality of our product documentation, EMS SATCOM would appreciate your comments and suggestions on this publication. Please complete the following customer survey and send to EMS SATCOM at:

EMS SATCOM

400 Maple Grove Road

Ottawa, ON K2V 1B8

E-mail: [email protected]

Publication information:

Publication number:

Publication title:

Latest issue date:

Document revision:

MN-1252-33077 eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

System Description, Installation, and

Maintenance Manual

24 JUN 09

C00

Customer information:

Name:

Company:

Tel:

Fax:

Email:

Comments and suggestions:

Date:

Comments:

23-15-30

CR-1

24 JUN 09

Blank Page

23-15-30

CR-2

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

RECORD OF REVISIONS

When revisions are received, insert revised pages, record the date, and initial.

Revision

Number

Issue

Date

Inserted

Inserted by

(initial)

Revision

Number

Issue

Date

Inserted

Inserted by

(initial)

23-15-30

RR-1

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Blank Page

23-15-30

RR-2

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

SERVICE BULLETIN LIST

Service

Bulletin

Number

Subject

Manual Rev.

Number

1252-SB-3410 Upgrade Software Certification to

Level D

B00

1252-SB-3411 Upgrade to Single Channel SBB B00

Manual Rev.

Date

22 July 08

24 June 09 1252-SB-3412 HSD-440 SBB Upgrade to Level

D Certification

C00

1252-SB-3413 Transceiver Software MOD To

Enable Smith MCDU

C00 24 June 09

1252-SB-3415 HSD 440 NTWK Upgrade C00

1252-SB-3416 Update HSD ORT Satellite LOC C00

24 June 09

1252-SB-3417 HSD-440 SBB Software Upgrade C00

1252-SB-3418 HSD-440 High-speed Data

Terminal (1252-A-3420) Upgrade for Network Mode (HSD-X and

HSD-Xi) and SBB Priority Mode

C00

24 June 09

23-15-30

SBL-1

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Blank Page

23-15-30

SBL-2

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

* An asterisk indicates pages changed, added, or deleted by the current revision.

F indicates a right foldout page with a blank back.

Title Page

Section Page

T-1

1-8 to 1-18

2-2, 2-3

3-29 to 3-36

Date

June 8, 2009

Service Bulletin List

Introduction

System Description

System Operation

Installation

Test and Fault Isolation

Installation and Planning

Checklist

Service Bulletin List

System Description

System Operation

Installation

Test and Faul t Isolation

Maintenance and Repair

Appendix A

SBL-1

INTRO-2

All

3-3, 3-14 to 3-32

4-39, 4-46, 4-50 to 4-55

All

SBL-1

1-2, 1-14, 1-15

2-9, 2-14

3-10, 3-29, 3-31

4-2

5-3

A-4

22 Jul 08

24 JUN 09

23-15-30

LEP-1

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Blank Page

23-15-30

LEP-2

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

INTRODUCTION

1. Illustration of Equipment............................................................................... INTRO-2

2. Product Terms and Conditions .................................................................... INTRO-2

3. Reference Documents ................................................................................... INTRO-2

4. Acronyms and Abbreviations ....................................................................... INTRO-3

5. Safety Advisories........................................................................................... INTRO-6

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

1. Inmarsat System Overview .................................................................................... 1-1

2. Equipment Overview .............................................................................................. 1-3

3. Equipment Specifications ...................................................................................... 1-4

4. Software Description .............................................................................................. 1-8

A. Software Specifications .................................................................................................... 1-8

B. Operational Software Part Numbers ................................................................................ 1-8

5. Mechanical Description.......................................................................................... 1-9

6. Electrical Description ............................................................................................. 1-9

7. System Interfaces ................................................................................................. 1-10

A. Source Destination Identification (SDI) .......................................................................... 1-11

B. ICAO IDs and Forward IDs ............................................................................................ 1-11

C. Weight-On-Wheel (WOW) Pin Wiring ............................................................................ 1-12

D. IRS ARINC 429 Interface............................................................................................... 1-12

E. Antenna Interface........................................................................................................... 1-12

F. Owner’s Requirements Table (ORT)............................................................................... 1-12

G. CMU ............................................................................................................................... 1-13

H. MCDU ............................................................................................................................ 1-13

I. Antenna Subsystem RF Interface ................................................................................... 1-13

J. Remote Status Panel (Optional) ..................................................................................... 1-13

K. Fault Conditions ............................................................................................................. 1-14

23-15-30

TC-1

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

L. Remote Reset ................................................................................................................ 1-14

8. User Interfaces...................................................................................................... 1-14

A. ISDN Circuit-Switched Data Interface ............................................................................ 1-14

B. Ethernet Data Interfaces ................................................................................................ 1-15

C. ISDN S/T Interface......................................................................................................... 1-16

D. POTS Tip/Ring Interfaces .............................................................................................. 1-16

E. Maintenance Port Interface............................................................................................ 1-16

9. Initiated Self-Test.................................................................................................. 1-16

10. Modes of Operation ............................................................................................ 1-17

SYSTEM OPERATION

1. Registering and Activating Terminals .................................................................. 2-1

A. Preparing Terminal Information ........................................................................................ 2-1

(1) Obtaining ISNs ............................................................................................................ 2-1

(2) Identifying the Service Category and Terminal Type................................................... 2-2

B. Obtaining ICAO Addresses .............................................................................................. 2-2

C. Choosing Service Providers ............................................................................................ 2-2

D. Registering Terminals ...................................................................................................... 2-3

2. Configuring Terminals ........................................................................................... 2-3

A. Setting up Airborne Networks .......................................................................................... 2-3

B. Mapping User Devices for ISDN Services ....................................................................... 2-3

(1) IMNs............................................................................................................................ 2-4

(2) MSNs .......................................................................................................................... 2-5

C. Understanding CMU Messages ...................................................................................... 2-6

D. Configuring Terminal Categories ..................................................................................... 2-6

E. Configuring the APN (Access Point Name) ..................................................................... 2-7

F. Configuring LES Access Codes ....................................................................................... 2-7

(1) Changing LES Access Codes using the Control Processor Software ........................ 2-8

(2) Changing LES Access Codes on a Call-by-Call Basis................................................ 2-8

G. Configuring Forward IDs .................................................................................................. 2-8

H. Configuring ORs .............................................................................................................. 2-9

I. Configuring the Channel Cards for Swift64 and SBB ...................................................... 2-10

J. Removing the LED Label................................................................................................ 2-11

23-15-30

TC-2

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

K. Activating Configurations ............................................................................................... 2-11

L. Verifying Configurations ................................................................................................. 2-11

3. Using Terminals .................................................................................................... 2-12

A. Placing Swift64 Voice and Fax Calls.............................................................................. 2-12

(1) Dial Code Prefixes .................................................................................................... 2-13

(2) Mobile-to-Mobile Communication.............................................................................. 2-14

B. Using Data Connections ................................................................................................ 2-14

C. Operating the MCDU ..................................................................................................... 2-15

(1) Output Ports .............................................................................................................. 2-15

(2) Input Ports................................................................................................................. 2-15

(3) Screen....................................................................................................................... 2-15

(4) Keyboard................................................................................................................... 2-15

(5) Special Symbols........................................................................................................ 2-16

(6) Navigating the MCDU ............................................................................................... 2-16

(7) Modifying Logon Settings.......................................................................................... 2-17

(8) Viewing Channel Status ............................................................................................ 2-18

(9) Performing Maintenance ........................................................................................... 2-23

D. Cockpit Communications ............................................................................................... 2-25

(1) Modes of Operation................................................................................................... 2-25

(2) Accepting and Making Calls...................................................................................... 2-25

INSTALLATION

1. Advisories ............................................................................................................... 3-1

2. Pre-Installation Inspection..................................................................................... 3-1

3. ARINC 600 Trays and Connectors ........................................................................ 3-1

A. Installation Kits ................................................................................................................. 3-1

B. Cabling Notes .................................................................................................................. 3-2

(1) Cabling ........................................................................................................................ 3-2

(2) Coaxial Cable Loss Considerations ............................................................................ 3-2

4. Mechanical Installation .......................................................................................... 3-2

A. Physical Placement.......................................................................................................... 3-3

B. SCM Installation ............................................................................................................... 3-3

C. Environmental Requirements........................................................................................... 3-4

23-15-30

TC-3

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

(1) Heating and Cooling.................................................................................................... 3-4

(2) Fan Tray Requirements .............................................................................................. 3-4

D. Chassis Grounding .......................................................................................................... 3-5

5. Electrical Installation.............................................................................................. 3-5

A. Stand-Alone Mode Installation ......................................................................................... 3-5

(1) Cabling and Connector Requirements ........................................................................ 3-5

(2) Installation Wiring Notes ............................................................................................. 3-7

(3) Connection Details .................................................................................................... 3-17

6. Installation and Engineering Diagrams .............................................................. 3-17

A. Outline and Installation Diagrams .................................................................................. 3-17

B. Interconnection and Contact Assignment Drawings ...................................................... 3-17

7. Connection Details ............................................................................................... 3-18

A. Stand-Alone Mode Connection Details .......................................................................... 3-18

TEST AND FAULT ISOLATION

1. Operational and Diagnostic Testing ..................................................................... 4-1

A. General ............................................................................................................................ 4-1

B. Test and Fault Isolation Equipment Requirements .......................................................... 4-1

C. Terminal MPU .................................................................................................................. 4-2

(1) General Overview ....................................................................................................... 4-2

(2) Connection Requirements........................................................................................... 4-3

(3) Accessing the MPU..................................................................................................... 4-5

(4) Using the Terminal MPU ............................................................................................. 4-5

(5) Menu Item Descriptions .............................................................................................. 4-6

(6) Report Descriptions................................................................................................... 4-17

(7) Activating Maintenance Reports ............................................................................... 4-20

D. Fault Definitions ............................................................................................................. 4-23

E. Operational and Diagnostic Test Procedures................................................................. 4-23

23-15-30

TC-4

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

(1) General ..................................................................................................................... 4-23

(2) Test Setup Procedure................................................................................................ 4-24

(3) Post Test ................................................................................................................... 4-24

(4) Installation and Operational Verification Tests .......................................................... 4-25

(5) Configuration Parameters Verification....................................................................... 4-27

(6) System Power-up Checks......................................................................................... 4-29

(7) System On-Air Checks.............................................................................................. 4-32

(8) Antenna Tracking Checks ......................................................................................... 4-37

(9) Optional System Checks........................................................................................... 4-38

F. Software Load Procedures ............................................................................................. 4-39

(1) Loading Channel Card Software ............................................................................... 4-39

(2) Loading Control Processor Software ........................................................................ 4-40

(3) Updating Displayed Software Versions ..................................................................... 4-41

(4) Verifying Software Loads .......................................................................................... 4-42

(5) Disconnecting Load Equipment ................................................................................ 4-43

2. Troubleshooting and Fault Isolation................................................................... 4-43

A. Troubleshooting Practices.............................................................................................. 4-43

(1) Non-specific Complaints ........................................................................................... 4-44

(2) Specific Complaints................................................................................................... 4-44

B. Equipment Required ...................................................................................................... 4-44

C. Troubleshooting Aids ..................................................................................................... 4-44

(1) Fault Isolation Screen Displays................................................................................. 4-44

(2) Troubleshooting Table ............................................................................................... 4-49

D. Fault Isolation and Diagnostic Procedures .................................................................... 4-56

(1) General ..................................................................................................................... 4-56

(2) Saving a Diagnostic Reports File .............................................................................. 4-56

3. Adjustment/Alignment Procedures..................................................................... 4-57

4. Modification History ............................................................................................. 4-57

MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR

1. Maintenance ............................................................................................................ 5-1

2. Repair....................................................................................................................... 5-1

A. Repair Tools and Supplies ............................................................................................... 5-1

B. Repair Procedures ........................................................................................................... 5-1

C. Removal Procedures ....................................................................................................... 5-1

23-15-30

TC-5

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

D. Repair Facility Approvals ................................................................................................. 5-1

E. Return for Repair Information .......................................................................................... 5-1

(1) Warranty Returns ........................................................................................................ 5-2

(2) Non-Warranty Returns ................................................................................................ 5-2

(3) Repackaging Requirements ........................................................................................ 5-2

(4) Return Materials Authorization (RMA) Procedure....................................................... 5-2

3. Instructions for Continued Airworthiness............................................................ 5-3

APPENDIX A: INMARSAT SATELLITE BEAM COVERAGE .................................................. A-1

APPENDIX B: TROUBLESHOOTING CHECKLIST................................................................. B-1

APPENDIX C: RJ45 CABLE TERMINATION DETAILS .......................................................... C-1

APPENDIX D: INSTALLATION PLANNING CHECKLIST ....................................................... D-1

APPENDIX E: INSTALLATION CHECKLIST ............................................................................ E-1

APPENDIX F: ACARS/CMU MESSAGES................................................................................. F-1

(1) Understanding Broadcast Messages .......................................................................... F-1

(2) Understanding BOP Messages................................................................................. F-10

APPENDIX G: INTERNATIONAL ACCESS AND COUNTRY CODES.................................... G-1

APPENDIX H: INMARSAT CAUSE CODES ............................................................................ H-1

23-15-30

TC-6

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure INTRO-1 HSD-440 Terminal................................................................................... INTRO-2

Figure 1-1 Simplified Aeronautical Satellite Communications System ....................................... 1-2

Figure 1-2 HSD-440 Terminal Interfaces .................................................................................. 1-11

Figure 1-3 ISDN Connection Options ....................................................................................... 1-15

Figure 2-1 Dialing-Sequence Components............................................................................... 2-12

Figure 2-2 MCDU Screen ......................................................................................................... 2-15

Figure 2-3 MCDU Menus .......................................................................................................... 2-16

Figure 2-4 SATCOM AERO LOGON Menu .............................................................................. 2-17

Figure 2-5 SATCOM MAIN MENU (Page 2)............................................................................. 2-19

Figure 2-6 SATCOM AERO STATUS Menu............................................................................. 2-19

Figure 2-7 SATCOM HSD STATUS Menu ............................................................................... 2-20

Figure 2-8 SATCOM AERO CARD2 CH1 STAT Menu ............................................................ 2-20

Figure 2-9 SATCOM HSD CARD1 CH1 STAT Menu ............................................................... 2-21

Figure 2-10 SATCOM HEADSET CONFIG Menu .................................................................... 2-24

Figure 2-11 SATCOM DIAG Menu ........................................................................................... 2-25

Figure 2-12 SATCOM MAIN MENU (Page 1 of 2).................................................................... 2-26

Figure 2-13 SATCOM TEL DIR Menu ...................................................................................... 2-28

Figure 2-14 SATCOM TEL CAT 1 (Page 1 of 20)..................................................................... 2-29

Figure 2-15 SATCOM ENTRY Menu (Page 1 of 100) .............................................................. 2-29

Figure 2-16 SATCOM MAIN MENU (Page 1 of 2).................................................................... 2-30

Figure 3-1 HSD-440 Terminal SCM............................................................................................ 3-3

Figure 3-2 Fan Tray Plug Configuration (black = installed, white = removed) ............................ 3-5

Figure 3-3 ICAO ID, Hex to Binary Conversion ....................................................................... 3-10

Figure 3-4 Remote Reset Circuit Switch................................................................................... 3-11

Figure 3-5 Remote LED Panel Circuit....................................................................................... 3-12

Figure 3-6 RJ45 Connector Terminator Details ........................................................................ 3-13

Figure 3-7 (Sheet 1). HSD-440 Terminal Outline and Installation Diagram

(1252-E-3400, Rev B) ............................................................................................................... 3-25

Figure 3-8 (Sheet 2). HSD-440 Terminal Outline and Installation Diagram

(1252-E-3400, Rev B) .............................................................................................................. 3-27

Figure 3-9 (Sheet 1). HSD-440 Terminal Outline and Installation Diagram

(1252-E-3420, Rev B) .............................................................................................................. 3-29

Figure 3-10 (Sheet 2). HSD-440 Terminal Outline and Installation Diagram

(1252-E-3420, Rev B) .............................................................................................................. 3-31

23-15-30

TC-7

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Figure 3-11 (Sheet 1). HSD-440 Terminal Interconnection and Contact Assignment Drawing

(1252-B-3110, Rev D)............................................................................................................... 3-33

Figure 3-12 (Sheet 2). HSD-440 Terminal Interconnection and Contact Assignment Drawing

(1252-B-3110, Rev D)............................................................................................................... 3-35

Figure 4-1 Remote Connection, Maintenance Cable.................................................................. 4-4

Figure 4-2 Direct Connection, Maintenance Cable ..................................................................... 4-4

Figure 4-3 Menu 1 Screen Display ............................................................................................. 4-6

Figure 4-4 Menu 2 Screen Display ............................................................................................. 4-7

Figure 4-5 Menu 3 Screen Display ............................................................................................. 4-8

Figure 4-6 Menu 3—Item M: Miscellaneous Parameters ......................................................... 4-10

Figure 4-7 Menu 4 Screen Display ........................................................................................... 4-12

Figure 4-8 Menu 10 Screen Display ......................................................................................... 4-13

Figure 4-9 Menu 13 Screen Display ......................................................................................... 4-15

Figure 4-10 Menu 14 Screen Display ....................................................................................... 4-15

Figure 4-11 Menu 15 Screen Display ....................................................................................... 4-16

Figure 4-12 Menu 21 Screen Display ....................................................................................... 4-16

Figure 4-13 HSD-440 Terminal MPU Reports .......................................................................... 4-19

Figure 4-14 Example of Report 23 Output ................................................................................ 4-20

Figure 4-15 Example of Prompt to Generate a Report ............................................................. 4-21

Figure 4-16 Example of Report 17, Channel Card 2, Channel 3 .............................................. 4-22

Figure 4-17 Example of Report 20............................................................................................ 4-22

Figure 4-18 Example Report 21................................................................................................ 4-23

Figure 4-19 HSD-440 Terminal ORT Display Example ............................................................ 4-29

Figure 4-20 HSD-440 Terminal Power-up Display Example..................................................... 4-31

Figure 4-21 Logon Initialization Display Example ..................................................................... 4-35

Figure 4-22 HSD-440 Terminal Call Display Example.............................................................. 4-37

Figure 4-23 Successful OR Registration (report 21 activated) ................................................. 4-44

Figure 4-24 Failed OR Registration .......................................................................................... 4-45

Figure 4-25 No Call (report 23) ................................................................................................. 4-45

Figure 4-26 In Call—Swift64 Voice Call on Channel 1 (reports 21 and 23).............................. 4-45

Figure 4-27 No IRS Data (report 23 activated) ......................................................................... 4-45

Figure 4-28 FWD ID Not in EEPROM (no reports activated).................................................... 4-46

Figure 4-29 ICAO ID Not Strapped ........................................................................................... 4-46

Figure 4-30 No Strap on SDI Lines, Open (no reports activated) ............................................. 4-47

Figure 4-31 Wrong Strap on SDI Lines (TP5A to GND) ........................................................... 4-48

Figure 4-32 Incorrect Dialing Format (report 52 enabled) ........................................................ 4-48

23-15-30

TC-8

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Figure 4-33 Top/Port Antenna Status (reports 18, 19, and 20 activated) ................................. 4-49

Figure A-1 Satellite ORs ............................................................................................................. A-1

Figure A-2 Inmarsat I3 Satellite Beam Coverage—Composite Map........................................... A-2

Figure A-3 Inmarsat I-3 Satellite Beam Coverage—OR Maps ................................................... A-3

Figure A-4 I-4 Satellite Coverage Map ....................................................................................... A-4

Figure C-1 RJ45 Cable Termination Details .............................................................................. C-1

23-15-30

TC-9

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Blank Page

23-15-30

TC-10

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

LIST OF TABLES

Table INTRO-1 EMS SATCOM Reference Documents.................................................... INTRO-2

Table 1-1 HSD-440 TE Characteristics and Specifications ....................................................... 1-4

Table 1-2 HSD-440 Terminal RTCA/DO-160E Environmental Characteristics ......................... 1-6

Table 1-3 HSD-440 Terminal Operational Software .................................................................. 1-9

Table 1-4 HSD-440 Terminal Installation Drawing Reference Matrix ........................................ 1-9

Table 1-5 ARINC 429 IRS Navigational Requirements ........................................................... 1-12

Table 1-6 HSD-440 Terminal LED Output Designations ......................................................... 1-13

Table 2-1 HSD-440 Terminal Frequency Category and Type ................................................... 2-2

Table 2-2 HSD-440 Terminal Service Types ............................................................................. 2-2

Table 2-3 Service Types and MSNs .......................................................................................... 2-4

Table 2-4 MSNs ......................................................................................................................... 2-5

Table 2-5 System Assignments for Incoming Calls ................................................................... 2-6

Table 2-6 Inmarsat Swift64 LES Operator and Access Codes .................................................. 2-8

Table 2-7 Ocean Regions Supporting SBB ............................................................................... 2-9

Table 2-8 Dial Code Prefixes for Forcing Service Type Selection ........................................... 2-13

Table 2-9 Dial Code Prefixes for System Overrides ................................................................ 2-14

Table 2-10 Satellite OR Codes ................................................................................................ 2-14

Table 2-11 OR Numbers.......................................................................................................... 2-27

Table 2-12 Priority Codes ........................................................................................................ 2-27

Table 2-13 Priority Codes ........................................................................................................ 2-31

Table 3-1 Installation Kits........................................................................................................... 3-2

Table 3-2 Cable Shielding and Termination Specifications ....................................................... 3-6

Table 3-3 RF Parameters Definitions......................................................................................... 3-8

Table 3-4 WOW Pin Wiring Table.............................................................................................. 3-8

Table 3-5 RJ45 Wiring Details ................................................................................................. 3-13

Table 3-6 Configuration Pin Summary..................................................................................... 3-14

Table 3-7 System Pin Strapping .............................................................................................. 3-14

Table 3-8 HSD-440 Terminal to BSU Interconnects ................................................................ 3-15

Table 3-9 CMU Interface Wiring .............................................................................................. 3-15

Table 3-10 MCDU Interface Wiring.......................................................................................... 3-16

Table 3-11 Call Light Activation Configuration Strapping ........................................................ 3-16

Table 3-12 Hookswitch Configuration Strapping...................................................................... 3-16

Table 3-13 Priority 4 Call Configuration Strapping................................................................... 3-17

23-15-30

TC-11

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 3-14 Chime and Light Strapping for Cockpit Voice ........................................................ 3-17

Table 3-15 ARINC 600 Top Plug Connection Details .............................................................. 3-18

Table 3-16 ARINC 600 Middle Plug Connection Details ......................................................... 3-21

Table 3-17 ARINC 600 Bottom Plug Connection Details......................................................... 3-23

Table 4-1 List of Required Test Equipment ............................................................................... 4-2

Table 4-2 List of Optional Test Equipment ................................................................................ 4-2

Table 4-3 Remote Connection Cabling...................................................................................... 4-3

Table 4-4 Direct Connection Cabling ......................................................................................... 4-3

Table 4-5 Terminal Connection Settings ................................................................................... 4-4

Table 4-6 Menu 1 Item Descriptions .......................................................................................... 4-7

Table 4-7 Menu 2 Item Descriptions .......................................................................................... 4-7

Table 4-8 Menu 3 Item Descriptions .......................................................................................... 4-9

Table 4-9 Menu 3, Item M EEPROM Parameter Descriptions................................................. 4-10

Table 4-10 Menu 4 Item Descriptions ...................................................................................... 4-13

Table 4-11 Menu 10 Item Descriptions .................................................................................... 4-14

Table 4-12 Menu 13 Item Descriptions .................................................................................... 4-15

Table 4-13 Menu 15 Item Descriptions .................................................................................... 4-16

Table 4-14 Menu 21 Item Descriptions .................................................................................... 4-17

Table 4-15 Report 23 Item Descriptions .................................................................................. 4-21

Table 4-16 Reports 8 and 20 Descriptions .............................................................................. 4-22

Table 4-17 Report 21 Item Descriptions .................................................................................. 4-23

Table 4-18 Test Setup Procedure............................................................................................ 4-24

Table 4-19 Post Test Procedure .............................................................................................. 4-25

Table 4-20 HSD-440 Terminal Mechanical Verification ........................................................... 4-25

Table 4-21 HSD-440 Terminal Electrical Verification Checklist ............................................... 4-26

Table 4-22 Troubleshooting and Fault Isolation ...................................................................... 4-50

Table F-1 ACARS/CMU Update Rates for Different Devices .................................................... F-1

Table F-2 Status Word 1 Differences ........................................................................................ F-2

Table F-3 Bits 9 and 10 Positions .............................................................................................. F-3

Table F-4 ICAO Address Words One and Two Labels .............................................................. F-3

Table F-5 FWD ID Address Word One Labels .......................................................................... F-4

Table F-6 Time Clock Time Word Format ................................................................................. F-4

Table F-7 Time Clock Date Word Format .................................................................................. F-4

Table F-8 HSD-440 Terminal Transmission Rates .................................................................... F-5

Table F-9 Status Word 1 Bits..................................................................................................... F-6

23-15-30

TC-12

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table F-10 Join/Leave Word Bits .............................................................................................. F-8

Table F-11 Fault Summary Word 1 Bits .................................................................................... F-9

Table F-12 Fault Summary Word 2 Bits .................................................................................. F-10

Table F-13 BOP Events ........................................................................................................... F-10

Table F-14 Variables of Low-Speed BOP—Version 1 ............................................................. F-10

Table F-15 Variables of High-Speed BOP—Version 1 ............................................................ F-11

Table F-16 BOP Option Defaults ............................................................................................. F-12

Table F-17 BOP Word Format ................................................................................................. F-13

Table F-18 GFI Definitions....................................................................................................... F-14

Table F-19 Word Types ........................................................................................................... F-15

Table F-20 Protocol Words and Uses...................................................................................... F-15

Table F-21 Data Types ............................................................................................................ F-17

Table G-1 International Access and Country Codes ................................................................ G-1

Table H-1 Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions ............................................................................ H-1

23-15-30

TC-13

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Blank Page

23-15-30

TC-14

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

INTRODUCTION

This manual provides the specifications, principles of operation, and information necessary to install an eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal in Stand-Alone Mode.

The information is presented in the following chapters:

•

System Description

•

System Operation

•

Installation

•

Test and Fault Isolation

•

Maintenance and Repair

•

Appendix A: Inmarsat Satellite Beam Coverage

•

Appendix B: Troubleshooting Checklist

•

Appendix C: RJ45 Cable Termination Details

•

Appendix D: Installation Planning Checklist

•

Appendix E: Installation Checklist

•

Appendix F: ACARS/CMU Messages

•

Appendix G: International Access and Country Codes

•

Appendix H: Inmarsat Cause Codes

NOTE: An Illustrated Parts List is not included with this manual.

Only qualified avionics personnel, knowledgeable in the technical and safety issues related to the installation of aircraft communications equipment, should perform the installation procedures provided in this manual.

This manual includes general installation guidelines only; it is not intended to provide specific procedures for every type of installation.

If necessary, the information in this manual will be revised. Before attempting the installation procedures presented in this manual, verify that you have a complete and up-to-date release of this document.

NOTE: Depending on the version of software and configuration mode of installation of the

HSD-440 terminal, the actual (live) system messages, such as dialog boxes and screen displays, may differ slightly from the examples in this manual.

23-15-30

INTRO-1

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

1. Illustration of Equipment

Figure INTRO-1 HSD-440 Terminal

2. Product Terms and Conditions

As stipulated in the Terms and Conditions of Sale, which accompanied the Product, EMS

SATCOM shall not at any time be liable for the activation, continuation, or cancellation of satellite airtime services relating to the Product nor be responsible for any Product-related airtime or network charges, however incurred. In the event EMS SATCOM is charged network or airtime fees relating to the customer’s use of the Product, the customer shall immediately upon notification by EMS SATCOM reimburse EMS SATCOM in full for such charges.

3. Reference Documents

Table INTRO-1 EMS SATCOM Reference Documents

Document Title

Guidance for Aircraft Electrical Power

Utilization and Transient Protection

EMS SATCOM Publication Number

ARINC 741. ARINC Report 413A—

Attachment 3-2, Wire Shielding and

Grounding Requirements and Appendix 7

MN-1252-33138 eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data

Terminal Pilot’s Guide eNfusion™ HSD High-speed Data Terminal

Developer’s Guide

MN-1252-13005

23-15-30

INTRO-2

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

4. Acronyms and Abbreviations

DITS

DLNA

DSL

EIRP

EMI

ESD

EST

FAA

FET bps

BRI

BSU

C/No

CCW

CFDS

CMU

CRC

AORE

AORW

APN

ATC

AWG

BGAN

BITE

BOP

The following acronyms and abbreviations are used in this document.

AC Access Concentrator

ACP

ACSE

Audio Control Panel

Access Control and Signalling Equipment

ACU

AERO

AES

AMBE

Antenna Control Unit (also known as BSU or Driver)

Aeronautical

Aircraft Earth Station

Advanced Multi-Band Excitement

Atlantic Ocean Region-East

Atlantic Ocean Region-West

Access Point Name

Air Traffic Control

American Wire Gauge

Broadband Global Area Network

Built-In Test Equipment

Bit Oriented Protocol

Bits per second

Basic Rate ISDN

Beam Steering Unit (also known as ACU or Driver)

Carrier-to-Noise

Counter Clockwise

Centralized Fault Display System

Communications Management Unit

Cyclic Redundancy Check

Clockwise

Digital Information Transfer System

Diplexer/Low-Noise Amplifier

Digital Subscriber Line

Effect Isotropic Radiated Power

Electromagnetic Interference

Electrostatic Discharge

Eastern Standard Time

Federal Aviation Authority

Field-Effect Transistor

23-15-30

INTRO-3

24 JUN 09

LRU

LSB

Mbps

MCDU

MCU

MES

ISDN

ISN

ISP

JAA kbps

LAN

LES

MPDS

MPU ms

IMN

INS

IOR

IRS

I/O

ICAO

ICD

FMS

FRLP

FWD ID

GES

GND

HGA

HPA

HTML

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Flight Management System

Forward Link Pairs

Forward ID

Ground Earth Station

Ground

High-gain Antenna

High Power Amplifier

Hyper Text Markup Language

Hertz

Input/Output

International Civil Aviation Organization

Interconnection Drawing

Inmarsat Mobile Number

Inertial Navigational System

Indian Ocean Region

Inertial Reference System

Integrated Services Digital Network

Inmarsat Serial Number

Inmarsat Service Providers

Internet Service Provider

Joint Aviation Authorities

Kilobits per Second

Local Area Network

Land Earth Station

Line Replaceable Unit line select

Least Significant Bit

Mechanical Steered Antenna

Megabit per second

Multipurpose Control Display Unit

Modular Concept Unit

Mobile Earth Station

Mobile Packet Data Services

Maintenance Port Utility

Millisecond

23-15-30

INTRO-4

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

OCXO

OEM

ORR

ORT

PAST

POR

O&I

MSB

MSN

NAT

Most Significant Bit

Mobile Serial Number

Multiple Subscriber Number

Network Address Translation normally open

Network Terminator

Outline and Installation Diagram

Other Antenna

Oven Controlled Crystal Oscillator

Original Equipment Manufacturer

Ocean Region Registration

Owner Requirements Table

Person Activated Self Test

Personal Computer (or laptop)

Part Number

Pacific Ocean Region

POST

POTS

PPP

PPPoE

PSTN

PTT

RAM

REA

Power On Self Test

Plain Old Telephone System

Point-to-Point Protocol

Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet

Public Switch Telephone Network

Push-to-Talk

Random Access Memory

Responsible Engineering Authority

RFI

RFU rms

Radio Frequency

Radio Frequency Interference

Radio Frequency Unit root mean square

ROM

RTN

Read-only Memory

Return

Rx Receive

S/T (ISDN) Key interfaces of an ISDN network are known as Reference Points. Reference

Point T is on the user’s side of the network and allows a single TE/TA to be connected. Reference Point S is on the user’s side of the network and allows multiple TEs/TAs to be connected. Electrically, point T and point S are the same point.

23-15-30

INTRO-5

24 JUN 09

STE

STU

USIM

VHF

VSWR

WOW

SBB

SCM

SCPC

SDI

SDU

SNAC

SPID

STBD

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

SwiftBroadband

Software Configuration Module

Single Channel per Carrier

Source/Destination Identification

Satellite Data Unit

Single Network Access Code

Service Profile Identifier

Starboard

Secure Terminal Equipment

Secure Telephone Unit

Terminal Adapter

Terminal Equipment

Transmit

Universal Subscriber Identity Module very high frequency

Voltage Standing Wave Ratio

Weight on Wheels

5. Safety Advisories

Warnings, cautions, and notes in this manual provide the reader with the following information:

• A WARNING describes an operation, procedure, or condition that, if not obeyed, could cause injury or death.

• A CAUTION describes an operation, procedure, or condition that, if not obeyed, could cause damage to the equipment.

• A NOTE provides supplementary information or explanatory text that makes it easier to understand and perform procedures.

All personnel who install, operate, and maintain the HSD-440 terminal and associated test equipment must know and obey the safety precautions listed below. The procedures provided in this manual assume that the person performing installation or maintenance tasks is familiar with and obeys standard aviation shop and safety practices.

The general safety advisories include the following:

WARNING: SERVICE PERSONNEL MUST OBEY STANDARD SAFETY

PRECAUTIONS, SUCH AS WEARING SAFETY GLASSES, TO PREVENT

PERSONAL INJURY WHILE INSTALLING OR PERFORMING SERVICE

ON THIS TERMINAL.

23-15-30

INTRO-6

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

WARNING: ASSOCIATED SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT RADIATES

HIGH FREQUENCY RADIATION AND POSES A RADIATION HAZARD

OF 1.6 GHZ. SERVICE PERSONNEL MUST EXERCISE CARE TO KEEP

CLEAR OF THE ANTENNA'S BEAM WHILE PERFORMING

OPERATIONAL TESTS OR INSTALLATION VERIFICATION

PROCEDURES.

DO NOT APPROACH WITHIN 8 FEET (2.5 METRES) OF THE ANTENNA

DURING ANTENNA OPERATION (TRANSMISSION).

DURING ANTENNA OPERATION (TRANSMISSION), MAKE SURE THAT

PERSONNEL ARE EXPOSED TO A MINIMUM OF ANY REFLECTED,

SCATTERED, OR DIRECT BEAMS.

WARNING: TURN OFF POWER BEFORE DISCONNECTING ANY TERMINAL FROM

WIRING. DISCONNECTING THE TERMINAL WITHOUT TURNING

POWER OFF MAY CAUSE VOLTAGE TRANSIENTS THAT CAN DAMAGE

THE TERMINAL.

CAUTION: THIS EQUIPMENT INCLUDES ITEMS THAT ARE ELECTROSTATIC

DISCHARGE SENSITIVE (ESDS) DEVICES. ESDS DEVICES ARE

SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY EXCESSIVE LEVELS OF VOLTAGE AND/OR

CURRENT. THE LOW-ENERGY SOURCE THAT MOST COMMONLY

DESTROYS ESDS DEVICES IS THE HUMAN BODY, WHICH, IN

CONJUNCTION WITH NONCONDUCTIVE GARMENTS AND FLOOR

COVERINGS, GENERATES AND RETAINS STATIC ELECTRICITY. TO

ADEQUATELY PROTECT ESDS DEVICES, THE DEVICE AND

EVERYTHING THAT CONTACTS IT MUST BE BROUGHT TO GROUND

POTENTIAL BY PROVIDING A CONDUCTIVE SURFACE AND

DISCHARGE PATHS. USE STANDARD INDUSTRY PRECAUTIONS TO

KEEP RISK OF DAMAGE TO A MINIMUM WHEN TOUCHING,

REMOVING, OR SERVICING THE EQUIPMENT.

23-15-30

INTRO-7

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Blank Page

23-15-30

INTRO-8

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

This section includes basic information about the HSD-440 terminal, including the following sections:

•

Inmarsat System Overview

•

Equipment Overview

•

Equipment Specifications

•

Software Description

•

Mechanical Description

•

Electrical DescriptionUser Interfaces

•

Initiated Self-Test

•

Modes of Operation

1. Inmarsat System Overview

The satellite communication system includes global satellite networks, Land Earth Stations

(LESs), Ground Earth Stations (GESs), Aircraft Earth Stations (AESs), and Mobile Earth

Stations (MESs).

The LES/GES is the part of the satellite communication system that is on the ground. These numerous, international stations are responsible for routing voice and data calls to/from the

MES/AES to/from their destinations around the world.

The MES/AES is the part of the satellite communication system that is on the aircraft. This station includes the following components:

• HSD-440 terminal

• Antenna subsystem

• Cabin communications system

• Analog connected telephones

• Cockpit voice system

• Other aircraft avionics

Figure 1-1 illustrates a simplified satellite communications system.

23-15-30

1-1

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Figure 1-1 Simplified Aeronautical Satellite Communications System

Satellite communication systems provide users with long-range voice and data communication by accessing global satellite and ground communications networks.

Inmarsat is an international organization that operates and maintains multiple geostationary satellites and satellite networks. The satellites that provide Swift64 services are called I-3 satellites. Each satellite is located over an Ocean Region (OR); the current OR names are:

• Atlantic Ocean Region-East (AOR-E)

• Atlantic Ocean Region-West (AOR-W)

• Indian Ocean Region (IOR)

• Pacific Ocean Region (POR)

These satellites provide worldwide telecommunication services for aviation, shipping, and land-mobile terminal users. The satellites connect to ground telecommunication systems through the LES/GES. The LES converts the space segment of the communication link to a format compatible with public and private telephone and data networks. Each satellite is associated with a number of LESs that fall within its coverage.

The satellites that provide SBB services are called I-4 satellites. At the time of publishing, three I-4 satellites are operating: Americas, EMEA. and Asia-Pacific.

The HSD-440 terminal, in conjunction with an ARINC 741/781 High-gain Antenna (HGA), acts as an MES/AES. The combined system provides users with a data and voice communications link to the satellite network and global telecommunications system.

23-15-30

1-2

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

2. Equipment Overview

The HSD-440 terminal is a scalable, high-speed data, satellite communications terminal that provides world-wide voice and data services to aircraft through a high-speed communication link with the Inmarsat Satellite Network. The HSD-440 terminal interfaces with ARINC

741-compatible antenna subsystems to communicate with the space segment of the Inmarsat

Satellite Network via L-band RF signals.

The HSD-440 terminal communicates with various avionics equipment, such as the aircraft’s

IRS and CMU, in order to coordinate and access a wide range of services. The HSD-440 terminal also communicates with cabin and cockpit voice and data equipment to provide phone, fax, internet connection, and other services on board the aircraft.

The HSD-440 terminal also provides access to the CMU short message system. The HSD-440 terminal ensures that high-priority safety and flight-operation communication is not blocked or delayed by other types of low-priority transmissions.

HSD-440 terminals contain the following:

• Two (2) channel cards

• Data input/output (I/O) card

• Control processor

• High Power Amplifier (HPA)

• Universal (110 V ac 400 Hz / 28 V dc) power supply

The HSD-440 terminal operates with a high-gain antenna subsystem to provide circuit-switched (Swift64 Mobile ISDN), packet-switched (Swift64 MPDS) services, 1 PRT channel, 1 C channel, 2 Swift64 channels, and SBB over the Inmarsat satellite communications network.

HSD-440 terminals support the following services and functions:

• Inmarsat Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) Single Channel Per Carrier (SCPC)

Service

• Inmarsat Serial Mobile Packet Data Services (MPDS)

• Inmarsat Aero P, R, T channel data

• Inmarsat Aero C channel H+ voice

• SwiftBroadband (SBB) service

• Cockpit communications for ground-to-air and air-to-ground calls using the MCDU

The HSD-440 terminal is a high-speed data terminal that contains two channel cards, a high stability reference oscillator, a high power amplifier, a data processor module, and a power supply. The HSD-440 terminal receives power from the aircraft as either 28 V dc or 115 V ac,

400 Hz.

The HSD-440 terminal supports one channel of Inmarsat Swift64 MPDS or two channels of

Mobile ISDN 64 kbps data links, and one SBB channel. To use the SBB service, the HSD-440 terminal obtains subscriber information from a SIM card installed in the SCM. The SCM slot is located on the front of the HSD-440 terminal next to the maintenance connector.

23-15-30

1-3

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

The HSD-440 terminal has three ports that support the following interfaces: EURO ISDN S/T,

Ethernet (10BASE-T), and POTS. Although able to support multiple configurations depending on user needs, the following constraints apply:

• EURO ISDN S/T port supports Swift64 Mobile ISDN (circuit-switched) only

• 10BASE-T port supports SBB, Swift64 Mobile ISDN, or MPDS

• POTS port supports ISDN (speech) or 3.1 kHz audio (fax)

NOTE: Only one service type can be used at one time on an HSD-440 terminal channel card.

The first channel card can support one channel of MPDS, two channels of Swift64 service, or one channel of SwiftBroadband. The second channel card supports a single

Classic Aero service (Aero-H/H++).

The most likely configurations include connecting a networking device such as a router or a file server to allow multiple users to share the channel(s) provided by the HSD-440 terminal.

3. Equipment Specifications

Table 1-1 lists the physical characteristics and equipment specifications for the HSD-440

terminal.

Table 1-1 HSD-440 TE Characteristics and Specifications

Characteristic

Certification/related documents

ARINC characteristics

Specification

600-12, Air Transport Avionics Equipment

Interfaces, December 12, 1998

Appendix 10 of the ARINC 704-7

RTCA documents RTCA/DO-160E, Environmental Conditions and

Test Procedures for Airborne Equipment,

July 29, 1997

RTCA/DO-178B Level D HSD-440 Terminal Software

Physical Size

Height

Width

Length

Weight

Mounting information

Maintenance requirements

19.41 cm (7.64 in)

25.91 cm (10.20 in)

36.45 cm (14.58 in)

15.75 kg (34.7 lbs)

8-MCU Tray (per ARINC 600, 8-MCU LRU)

No scheduled maintenance is required

Electrical specifications

HSD-440 terminal AC input power

Voltage Minimum: 100 V rms

Typical: 115 V rms

Maximum: 122 V rms

23-15-30

1-4

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 1-1 HSD-440 TE Characteristics and Specifications (Continued)

Characteristic

Power consumption

Specification

Maximum: 460 W

Frequency

Frequency band

NOTE: Of this power consumption, 400 W is dissipated internally and 60 W of RF power is dissipated externally.

Minimum: 300 Hz

Typical: 400 Hz

Maximum: 800 Hz

Tx:

Rx:

1626.5 to 1660.5 MHz

1525.0 to 1559.0 MHz

HSD-440 terminal DC input power

Voltage Minimum: 22 V dc

Power consumption

Typical: 28 V dc

Maximum: 30.3 V dc

Maximum: 460 W

NOTE: Of this power consumption, 400 W is dissipated internally and 60 W of RF power is dissipated externally.

Power requirements

Wire gauge

Ground requirements

Circuit breakers

115 V ac, 400 Hz nominal, @ 4 A (460 W maximum)

+ 28 V dc @ 15.5 A (460 W maximum)

DC power: 12 AWG

AC power: 20 AWG (hot lead), 12 AWG (cold lead)

Signals: Unless otherwise specified, use 22 AWG for all signal wires

ARINC 741

Install circuit breakers according to the maintenance requirements of the aircraft.

Heating and cooling requirements

Cooling air

Flow rate

Pressure drop

Receive input impedance

Transmit output impedance

VSWR

External interfaces

External parameters

Antenna gain

ARINC 600

88 kg/hr (194 lbs/hr)

5 ± 3 mm (0.20 ± 0.12 in.) of H

50 ohms

2:1 maximum

Minimum: 8 dB

Maximum: 17 dB

23-15-30

1-5

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 1-1 HSD-440 TE Characteristics and Specifications (Continued)

Characteristic

Antenna to DLNA loss

DLNA gain

Specification

Maximum: 0.3 dB

Minimum: 53 dB

DLNA noise

Maximum: 60 dB

Maximum: 1.8 dB

DLNA to HSD-440 terminal total Rx total loss

Minimum: 6 dB

Maximum: 25 dB

HSD-440 terminal to antenna total Tx cable loss including DLNA insertion loss

Minimum: 1 dB

Maximum: 2.5 dB

DLNA insertion loss

External digital interfaces

Maximum: 0.8 dB

Control interface

RS-232 maintenance interface (rear and front connector)

ARINC 429 high-speed (100 kbps) data bus

19 200 kbps, N81, None

Ethernet user interface (2) 10BASE-T input and output for SBB, SCPC (Swift64

Mobile ISDN) and MPDS using Point-to-Point

Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE)

ISDN ISDN S/T physical interface supporting up to seven external connections to Terminal Adapter (TA) or

Terminal Equipment (TE) devices

POTS tip/ring interface (2) Plain Old Telephone System (POTS) analog interface

Table 1-2 lists the RTCA/DO-160E environmental characteristics for the HSD-440

terminal.

Table 1-2 HSD-440 Terminal RTCA/DO-160E Environmental Characteristics

Category Section

4.0

4.5.1

4.5.2

4.5.3

4.5.4

4.5.5

4.6.1

Environmental Condition

Temperature and Altitude

Ground Survival Low

Short Time Operating Low

Operating Low Temperature

Ground Survival High Temperature

Short Term Operating High Temperature

Operating High Temperature

In Flight Loss of Cooling

Altitude Test

23-15-30

1-6

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

7.3

7.3.2

8.0

8.4

9.7.2

10.0

11.0

12.4

12.5

Section

4.6.2

4.6.3

5.3.1

6.3.2

7.0

7.2.1

16.6.1.4

16.6.1.5

16.6.2.1

16.6.2.3

16.6.2.4

16.5.1.1

16.5.1.2

16.5.1.3

13.0

14.3.6

15.3

16.0

16.6.1.1

16.6.1.2

16.6.1.3

16.5.1.4

16.5.1.5

16.5.1.6

16.5.1.7

16.5.1.8

Table 1-2 HSD-440 Terminal RTCA/DO-160E Environmental Characteristics

(Continued)

Environmental Condition

Decompression Test

Over Pressure Test

Temperature Variation

Humidity

Operational Shock and Crash Safety

Operational Shock

Crash Safety Impulse

Crash Safety Sustained

Vibration—Fixed Wing

Vibration—Heli

Explosive Atmosphere

Waterproofness

Fluids Susceptibility

Sand and Dust

Fungus Resistance

Salt Fog

Magnetic Effect

Power Input

DC Input

Emergency Operation

Ripple Voltage

Momentary Power Interruptions

Normal Surge Voltage

Engine Starting Under voltage Operation

Abnormal Voltage Steady State

Momentary Under Voltage Operation

Abnormal Surge Voltage

AC Input

Voltage Modulation

Frequency Modulation

Momentary Power Interruptions

Normal Surge Voltage

Normal Frequency Variations

Voltage DC Content

Harmonic Distortion

Category

A2 (modified)

B (modified)

S (CURVE B)

U (CURVE G)

E (modified)

A(WF)H

23-15-30

1-7

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 1-2 HSD-440 Terminal RTCA/DO-160E Environmental Characteristics

(Continued)

Section

16.5.2.1

16.5.2.2

16.5.2.3

17.4

18.0

19.3

20.0

21.0

22.0

23.0

24.0

25.0

26.0

Environmental Condition

Abnormal Operating Conditions

Momentary Under Voltage Operation

Abnormal Surge Voltage

Voltage Spike

Audio Frequency Conducted Susceptibility

Induced Signal Susceptibility

Radio Frequency Susceptibility

Conducted Susceptibility

Radiated Susceptibility

Emission of RF Energy

Conducted (Power Lines)

Conducted RF Emission

Radiated RF Emission

Lightning Induced Transient Susceptibility

Lightning Direct Effects

Icing

Electrostatic Discharge (ESD)

Fire Flammability

Category

A(WF)H

[K(WF)Z]

A3J33

(modified)

A (modified)

4. Software Description

This section describes the software specifications and operational software components of

HSD-440 terminals.

A. Software Specifications

The software meets the following DO-178B standards:

• Swift64 to Level D

• Classic Aero voice and data to Level D

• SwiftBroadband to Level E

B. Operational Software Part Numbers

Table 1-3 provides a list of software part numbers for the HSD-440 terminal.

23-15-30

1-8

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 1-3 HSD-440 Terminal Operational Software

EMS SATCOM Part

Number*

LI-1252-33222

L1-1252-33374

Description

HSD-440 (1252-A-3420-02) Software Control Document

HSD-440 (1252-A-3420-03) Software Control Document

1252-SW-3305

1252-SW-3315

HSD-440 Terminal data I/O software

Control processor software

1210-A-0039 CC 1

1210-A-0038-03 CC 1

1210-A-0039 CC 2

1210-A-0038 CC 2

Aero SBB channel card software

* Software levels are not available.

5. Mechanical Description

The HSD-440 terminal is an 8-MCU sized unit with mounting requirements according to the

ARINC 600 specification. The front panel has one, socket D-Type size B (25 contacts) maintenance port connector (under protective cover) for data loading and monitoring of the terminal. Two front-panel LEDs indicate terminal status.

The rear connector complies with ARINC 600, shell size 2 and has three inserts: upper, middle, and bottom. The upper and middle inserts each have one #1 coaxial contact and seventy,

22-gauge signal contacts. The bottom insert connector has contact with only positions 1, 2,

3, 7, 8, 12, and 13. The rear panel has three polarization points.

Figure 3-7 through Figure 3-10 present the Outline and Installation diagrams for the HSD-440 terminal. For detailed wiring information, refer to the Interconnection and Contact Assignment

drawings presented in "Installation" on page 3-1 and shown in Table 1-4.

Table 1-4 HSD-440 Terminal Installation Drawing Reference Matrix

Models

ALL

Figures

Outline and Installation diagrams: Figure 3-7 through Figure 3-10

System Interconnect: Figure 3-11

6. Electrical Description

"Installation" on page 3-1 describes all ARNC 600 connector contact assignments and physical

details, including part numbers, insert descriptions, and polarization keying.

The loading/gradient specifications for all HSD-440 terminal installations are provided in table

format in "Installation" on page 3-1. These tables list all of the ARINC top, middle, and bottom

plug pin designations and provide installation connection details.

23-15-30

1-9

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

The HSD-440 terminal contains a communications switch that supports Inmarsat Swift64

Mobile ISDN and MPDS service within an 8-MCU assembly built in accordance to ARINC 600 specifications.

The HSD-440 terminal uses the ARINC 429 multi-control bus to interface with the ACU/BSU to control the RF antenna and obtain antenna-subsystem status information over the Built-in

Test Equipment (BITE) lines. The HSD-440 terminal receives the required navigational data, provided by the aircraft Inertial Navigational System (INS), via the ARINC 429 IRS bus. The aircraft supplies either 28 V dc or 115 V ac 400 Hz power to the HSD-440 terminal.

The HSD-440 terminal also uses an ARINC 429 bus to interface with the Communications

Management Unit (CMU) and the Multipurpose Control Display Unit (MCDU).

Detailed pin and connector descriptions for HSD-440 terminals are provided for all supported

installation modes and configurations in "Installation" on page 3-1.

7. System Interfaces

This section briefly describes the external HSD-440 terminal system interfaces, as shown in

Figure 1-2, required to control, monitor, maintain, and supplement the terminal. "Installation" on page 3-1 provides a detailed description of interface connections.

23-15-30

1-10

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Figure 1-2 HSD-440 Terminal Interfaces

A. Source Destination Identification (SDI)

The SDI is provided to the HPA as per ARINC 741 specifications.

B. ICAO IDs and Forward IDs

The ICAO ID is a 24Bit address that identifies the AES on the network much like a FWD

ID. Each aircraft has a single unique ICAO ID.

The HSD-440 terminal uses two 24-bit IDs called Forward Link Pairs (FRLPs) for the

Swift64 service, which include a Forward ID (FWD ID). The HSD-440 terminal reads the first channel FWD ID from the EEPROM and performs a look-up for the second channel

FWD ID.

The ISN consists of the type approval number and the FWD ID address. Each FWD ID is associated with Inmarsat Mobile Numbers (IMNs), which are the numbers that a user dials from the ground to reach a terminal on an aircraft. There is a unique IMN for each of the service types (e.g., data or voice).

23-15-30

1-11

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

C. Weight-On-Wheel (WOW) Pin Wiring

WOW discretes indicate when an aircraft is on the ground and are used for flight data-logging purposes. These discretes are not required on the typical installation, as equivalent data indicating the aircraft is airborne is available (for example, true track and groundspeed IRS information) and supplied to the HSD-440 terminal. Note 40 of ARINC

741 specification documentation defines the requirement for WOW data.

D. IRS ARINC 429 Interface

Table 1-5 shows the IRS ARINC 429 bus labels and associated data types. For more

details on characteristics, refer to Appendix 10 of the ARINC 704-7, Inertial Reference

System document.

Table 1-5 ARINC 429 IRS Navigational Requirements

Label (Octal)

310

311

312

313

314

324

325

361

Name

Latitude

Longitude

Ground speed

True track

True heading

Pitch angle

Roll angle

Altitude

Interval Rate

Min (ms) Max (ms)

100

200

In Stand-Alone installations, the HSD-440 terminal requires high-speed, ARINC 429, IRS

Navigational information (as shown in Table 1-5) to compute the azimuth/elevation for

antenna pointing and aircraft attitude information for Doppler correction.

E. Antenna Interface

In Stand-Alone Mode installations, the HSD-440 terminal interfaces to any mechanically-steered, conformal-array, or phased-array antenna subsystems compatible with ARINC 741 or 781. The antenna-steering commands and status messages are communicated between the HSD-440 terminal and antenna subsystem over ARINC 429, multi-control, Top/Port and/or Starboard BITE and HPA mute buses, as defined in ARINC

741, Part 1.

Owner’s Requirements Table (ORT)

The ORT preserves information relevant to the operation and configuration of the

HSD-440 terminal when the terminal is shut down.

23-15-30

1-12

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

G. CMU

Each HSD-440 terminal can be connected to up to two CMUs. The CMUs operate in two modes: it can select from a number of Satellite Service Providers rather than Inmarsat only, or it can operate with no preferred Satellite Service Provider.

The HSD-440 terminal exchanges information with the CMU over ARINC 429 interfaces.

The default speed is low, but you can set the speed of the buses to high in the ORT.

H. MCDU

The MCDU is an interface display that lets you communicate with systems on an aircraft, including CMU and the HSD-440 terminal.

At power up, the HSD-440 terminal broadcasts its subsystem identifier word, with label

172 and subsystem SAL 307, approximately once per second. The MCDU finds this label and sends an ENQ (enquiry) word to request menu text. This exchange proceeds, as per

ARINC 739 requirements, to transfer data between the MCDU and the HSD-440 terminal.

Once active communication has been established between the units and the menu text has been loaded to the MCDU, the HSD-440 terminal continues scanning its ARINC 429 receiving port for activity from the MCDU. The MCDU transfers information to the HSD-440 terminal one character at a time.

Users can make air-to-ground voice calls with the MCDU. Incoming calls are announced by a combination of lights or chimes according to the way in which the terminal is strapped.

Antenna Subsystem RF Interface

The system RF parameters, such as cable losses and antenna gain, are delimited to make

sure that the HSD-440 terminal performance requirements are met. Refer to "Installation" on page 3-1 for a definition of these parameters and their expected values.

Remote Status Panel (Optional)

The outputs to the optional remote status panel provide a visual indication of the operational status of the HSD-440 terminal; they mirror the front panel LEDs labeled as

Power (LED1) and Fault (LED2), as defined in Table 1-6. Refer to "Installation" on page

3-1 for detailed installation and circuit requirements.

LED Signal

LED1

LED2

Table 1-6 HSD-440 Terminal LED Output Designations

Label LED Color

Power

Green

Indication Description

Power On: HSD-440 terminal supply voltage is active. Flashes at 1 Hz when the HPA is transmitting

Fault Red

Fault: Fault condition as described in "Fault

Conditions" on page 1-14

23-15-30

1-13

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

K. Fault Conditions

A failure in the HSD-440 terminal may be due to a number of fault conditions. Upon detection of a fault condition, the HSD-440 terminal activates its red, Fault LED. The potential fault conditions are as follows:

• Channel card fault

• HPA fault

• Internal ROM fault

• Internal RAM fault

• Over temperature fault

L. Remote Reset

The remote reset output provides an external reset function for the complete HSD-440 terminal. Pressing the momentary normally open (NO) switch resets the system's processor-card circuitry.

The remote reset has the same function as pressing the test button on the front panel of the terminal.

8. User Interfaces

The HSD-440 terminal can support multiple voice and data communication configurations.

The most likely user configurations include a networking device such as a router that allows multiple users to optimize and share the channel capability offered by the HSD-440 terminal.

The networking device must be able to decide which combination of services is required at any particular moment and activate it accordingly. Therefore, simultaneous Ethernet and ISDN connections are required.

A different way to achieve this effect is for one of the Ethernet ports to carry a PPPoE virtual connection between the networking device (typically a router) and the HSD-440 terminal.

Support for PPPoE is also required on the user's side. HSD-440 terminals support two Ethernet interfaces. Ethernet can provide SBB, SCPC, or MPDS services; whereas, ISDN (BRI-ST) is only capable of SCPC service.

Voice and fax devices are supported by direct connection to the HSD-440 terminal via EURO

ISDN telephones and fax machines or by indirect connection to a router or TA. Two-wire telephone handsets or voice devices (PBXs) may be directly connected to the POTS ports.

HSD-440 terminals support two Swift64 Mobile ISDN voice or SCPC data services, one instance of MPDS over Ethernet (PPPoE), or a single SBB connection.

A. ISDN Circuit-Switched Data Interface

HSD-440 terminals connect to a variety of interface options. The physical interface for

ISDN service is EURO S/T, which supports several types of connections to user equipment.

HSD-440 terminals provide one ISDN S/T bus interface, which is capable of hosting up to seven external physical connections to EURO ISDN devices.

23-15-30

1-14

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

The Swift64 channel card supports communications with two, 64 kbps, ISDN B channels on the ISDN interface. If the channels are busy or in-call, the request for service is denied.

Several ISDN interface options are shown in Figure 1-3. In the illustrated example, the

ISDN port is used for circuit-switched services (Swift64 Mobile ISDN) or SBB voice .

NOTE: Activating an MPDS session temporarily disables the ISDN port while MPDS service is in-use.

For connection to Inmarsat Mobile ISDN services, install an RJ45 interface connector in

the cabin area. "Installation" on page 3-1 describes the RJ45 connector and cable

termination.

Figure 1-3 ISDN Connection Options

B. Ethernet Data Interfaces

HSD-440 terminals provide two Ethernet data interfaces.

Each Ethernet port provides a 10 Mbps access, with a 10BASE-T physical interface. The

HSD-440 terminal data I/O controller takes the PPP data stream and directs it to the required port on the channel card, depending on the type of service selected by the user.

PPPoE is required on the user equipment to allow the establishment of virtual connections to either service. You can use the Ethernet ports for either SBB, Swift64 Mobile ISDN, or

MPDS service.

23-15-30

1-15

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

C. ISDN S/T Interface

HSD-440 terminals provide one ISDN S/T physical interface that supports up to seven external connections to TA or TE devices.

NOTE: An HSD-440 terminal data I/O card type 4 uses one S/T bus device connection for system use.

You can install RJ45 interface connectors in the cabin area to facilitate connection to the

ISDN interface. Refer to "Installation" on page 3-1 for a description of the RJ45 connector

and cable termination.

D. POTS Tip/Ring Interfaces

The HSD-440 terminal includes two POTS analog interfaces. The default setting for channel 1 is 64 kbps speech (Swift64) or AMBE+2 (SBB), and the default setting for channel 2 is 3.1 kbps audio (Swfit64 and SBB), which is appropriate for fax calls. These settings can be changed in the data I/O settings using the MPU.

E. Maintenance Port Interface

The HSD-440 terminal is equipped with a maintenance port, located on the front panel of the HSD-440 terminal, with remote access also available through the rear ARINC 600 connector.

NOTE: Access to maintenance functions of the HSD-440 terminal in flight is only available through the remote access port.

The maintenance port provides the physical connection to a password-protected

Maintenance Port Utility (MPU) that provides a system interface for users or service personnel who need to upgrade, monitor, or troubleshoot the system.

The user connects to the maintenance port either through the maintenance 25-pin socket

D-Sub (DB25) connector on the front panel of the HSD-440 terminal or through a remote

9-pin socket D-Sub (DB9) connector via the ARINC 600 connector, as described in

"Connection Requirements" on page 4-3.

The HSD-440 terminal supports two different end user access levels within the maintenance port architecture: End User and Field Representative. End User access is only available when the WOW straps indicate that the aircraft is on the ground.

"Terminal MPU" on page 4-2 provides a detailed description of the two levels of user

access and the menus, report selections, functions, and system diagnostic procedures of the HSD-440 terminal MPU.

9. Initiated Self-Test

The initiated self-test occurs during the power up sequence or you depress and hold down the TEST button on the front panel of the terminal for 100 milliseconds or more. The initiated self-test provides the same function as the remote reset switch.

23-15-30

1-16

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

10. Modes of Operation

The HSD-440 terminal currently operates in Stand-Alone Mode only. In Stand-Alone Mode, the HSD-440 terminal controls both the internal HPA and antenna.

The system supports up to two channels in multiple combinations of Swift64 ISDN and Swift64

MPDS service or one channel SBB. The maximum number of simultaneous Swift64 ISDN service channels is two.

23-15-30

1-17

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Blank Page

23-15-30

1-18

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

SYSTEM OPERATION

This section provides basic information on registering and operating the HSD-440 terminal, including the following sections:

•

Registering and Activating Terminals

•

Configuring Terminals

•

Using Terminals

1. Registering and Activating Terminals

Registering and activating an HSD-440 terminal has the following steps:

•

Preparing Terminal Information

•

Obtaining ICAO Addresses

•

Choosing Service Providers

•

Registering Terminals

A. Preparing Terminal Information

Before installing the HSD-440 terminal, obtain an ISN and identify the Swift64 terminal type and service category.

(1) Obtaining ISNs

EMS SATCOM provides ISNs for the HSD-440 terminal based on the intended installation configuration. The last six digits of the ISN are the Forward ID.

When requesting ISNs, please have the following information available:

• End customer name, including contact information

• Purchase order number

• Tail registration number, aircraft type, and serial number of the aircraft on which the terminal is being installed

• Serial number of the HSD-440 terminal(s)

EMS SATCOM Product Support is available Monday to Friday from 8 am to 5 pm

(EST). On-call support is available outside business hours, Eastern Standard Time.

Contact information for EMS SATCOM:

Product Support 1.888.300.7415

Product Support direct 1.613.591.3086

Canada and USA toll-free Sales 1.800.600.9759

Outside Canada and USA

Fax:

Web:

1.613.591.9064

1.613.591.9120

www.emssatcom.com

23-15-30

2-1

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

(2) Identifying the Service Category and Terminal Type

Table 2-1and Table 2-2 list the terminal type, frequency category, and currently

supported service types for the HSD-440 terminal stand-alone mode installations.

Table 2-1 HSD-440 Terminal Frequency Category and Type

Service Type Inmarsat Frequency Category Terminal Type Approval

Swift64

SBB

Category A

76ES10

B6ES04

Service Type

Classic

Swift64

SwiftBroadband

Table 2-2 HSD-440 Terminal Service Types

Supported Services

C-channel Voice

P/R/T Data

64 kbps Speech

3.1 kHz Audio

56 kbps Data

64 kbps UDI

MPDS

3.1 kHz Audio

56 kbps Data

64 kbps UDI

AMBE+2

Packet-switched services: Background (up to 432 kbps), Streaming (32 kbps, 64 kbps, 128 kbps)

B. Obtaining ICAO Addresses

Obtain your ICAO address from your local aeronautical authority. Your service provider will require this address when you register.

C. Choosing Service Providers

Contact Inmarsat for an up-to-date list of Inmarsat Service Providers using the following contact information:

Inmarsat

99 City Road, London

EC1Y 1AX

Tel: +44 20 7728 1000

Fax: +44 20 728 1044

Customer Care

Tel: +44 20 7728 1777

Fax: +44 20 7728 1142

Email: [email protected]

Web address: www.inmarsat.com

23-15-30

2-2

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

D. Registering Terminals

Contact your Inmarsat service provider and ask for a Registration for service activation of Aircraft Earth Station form. With this form, you can register for both Swift64 services and Aero H+ services. Both of these activations are required for the terminal to operate.

The services available depend on your service provider.

To complete the registration form, the following information is needed:

• Customer information (address and contact information)

• Service provider details (obtained from your ISP)

• System and terminal information (terminal type, manufacturer, model number, serial number of terminal)

• ICAO 24 bit technical address for Aero H+ services

• ISN for Swift64 services

• Aircraft information (tail number, fuselage/airframe number, manufacturer and model, and country of registration)

• List of services required (e.g., Swift64 Mobile ISDN, Aero H+ data-2)

To register for SBB services, request an SBB Activation form from your service provider.

2. Configuring Terminals

This section provides basic information about configuring HSD-440 terminals for operation with user devices.

You can follow the procedures in the following sections to configure the HSD-440 terminal:

•

"Setting up Airborne Networks" on page 2-3

•

"Mapping User Devices for ISDN Services" on page 2-3

•

"Configuring Terminal Categories" on page 2-6

•

“Configuring the APN (Access Point Name)” on page 2-7

•

"Configuring LES Access Codes" on page 2-7

•

“Configuring ORs” on page 2-9

•

“Configuring the Channel Cards for Swift64 and SBB” on page 2-10

•

“Removing the LED Label” on page 2-11

•

"Activating Configurations" on page 2-11

•

"Verifying Configurations" on page 2-11

A. Setting up Airborne Networks

For information about setting up airborne networks, refer to the eNfusion™ High-speed

Data Terminal Developer’s Guide, MN-1252-13005.

B. Mapping User Devices for ISDN Services

This section describes how the HSD-440 terminal manages ISDN traffic for user devices connected to the network.

23-15-30

2-3

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

HSD-440 terminals support connection to a multitude of user devices, allowing the user to customize their system. Because each equipment setup is different, the HSD-440 terminal uses routing codes to make sure that incoming calls (whether data or voice) reach the appropriate device. These same routing codes also direct outgoing calls to the appropriate Swift64 service type supported by the Inmarsat Satellite Communications

Network (3.1 kHz audio, 64 kbps speech, 64 kbps data, or 56 kbps data).

The physical interface for ISDN service is EURO S/T, which supports several types of connections to user equipment. HSD-440 terminals provide one ISDN S/T (BRI) Bus interface.

The ISDN bus is capable of hosting up to 8 EURO ISDN physical devices.

The channel card provides two Swift64 channels. If the channels are busy or in-call, the request for service is denied (the system is busy).

Refer to Table 2-3, Table 2-4, and Table 2-5 for the default MSNs assigned within the

HSD-440 terminal.

Service Type

64 kbps speech

3.1 kHz audio

56 kbps data

64 kbps data

AMBE+2

Table 2-3 Service Types and MSNs

IMN

60xxxxxx1 (See Note below) MSN 40

MSN

60xxxxxx2

60xxxxxx3

60xxxxxx4

60xxxxxx5

60xxxxxx6

MSN 20

MSN 30

MSN 10

MSN 11

MSN 12

Default SBB service— no MSN required

1. Not a supported SBB service type.

2. Not used for SBB services.

NOTE: IMNs shown are examples only. Actual IMNs may not be assigned in numerical sequence.

(1) IMNs

IMNs are unique routing numbers that act similarly to telephone numbers. IMNs are assigned by Inmarsat to each service type (64 kbps speech, 3.1 kHz audio, 56 kbps data, and 64 kbps data).

When registering your system, request IMNs for each service-type device attached to the HSD-440 terminal on the Service Activation form. Although the service provider may support an unlimited number of IMNs assigned to a particular system, the number of physical connections available on a system defines the number of IMNs supported.

NOTE: To get assigned extra or multiple IMNs per service type, you must request them from your service provider when filling out your service registration and application form.

23-15-30

2-4

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

The numbering of IMNs varies from one type of Inmarsat service to another. For troubleshooting purposes, understanding the IMN format can assist in verifying that the correct service type is assigned to connecting devices. Inmarsat IMNs (for this type of terminal) use the following nine-digit format:

IMN Format: T1- T2- X1- X2 -X3 -X4 -X5- X6- X7

Numerical Example:600221989 (for 64 kbps data)

T1 and T2 are two-digit identifiers for Inmarsat service types. X1 through X7 can be any digit between 0 and 9. The IMNs for the 56 kbps and 64 kbps service types

(including ISDN speech and 3.1 kHz audio) are identified by the T1 and T2 numbers

6 and 0.

(2) MSNs

MSNs act as identification and routing codes for user devices attached to the HSD-440 terminal ISDN bus. MSNs identify the device on the system so that incoming calls route to the appropriate device. Each device must be assigned an appropriate MSN to identify to the Inmarsat system what type of service that device needs on outgoing calls. The MSNs also provide routing information for incoming calls.

For a simplified understanding of MSNs, equate them to telephone extension numbers

(where the IMN is the PBX telephone number and the MSN is the extension number).

The HSD-440 terminal channel card is assigned one FWD ID and an IMN for each

service type for which the system is registered with the service provider. Table 2-4

provides the list of the MSNs recognized by the HSD-440 terminal. 64 kbps data service supports multiple MSNs. The MSNs are assigned to each IMN as follows:

• One MSN for the service types 64 kbps speech, 3.1 kHz audio, and 56 kbps data

• Three MSNs for 64 kbps data

The three MSNs assigned to 64 kbps ISDN support connection to three separate devices mapped to separate but similar IMNs.

NOTE: Incoming voice calls will ring any phone devices not programmed with an

MSN (left blank) including 64 kbps speech, and 3.1 kHz audio calls.

Configure all devices (e.g., telephones, fax machines, laptops) connected to HSD-440 terminals with an appropriate MSN. Refer to the device manufacturer's user documentation for specific instructions to enter or configure the MSN.

Table 2-4 MSNs

FWD ID

Channel card 1 (XAXXXX)

Service Type

64 kbps speech 60xxxxxxx

3.1 kHz audio

56 kbps data

Channel card 1 (XAXXXX) 64 kbps data

IMN

60xxxxxxx

MSN

10, 11, 12

23-15-30

2-5

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Entry

Table 2-5 System Assignments for Incoming Calls

Periph

ISDN

MSN

NO_ID\

10\

11\

ISDN

12\

NO_ID\

Bonded NO_ID\

ISDN 20\

ISDN NO_ID\

Bonded NO_ID\

ISDN

30\

NO_ID\

Bonded NO_ID\

ISDN 40\

Bonded NO_ID\

TID Call Type

91 800124

800622

800625

800623

800124

Redir

Mobile aero 64k speech

Mobile aero 64k UDI

Mobile aero 64k audio 3.1

Mobile aero 56k UDI

Mobile aero 64k speech

C. Understanding CMU Messages

The CMU communicates with the HSD-440 terminal using two types of communications:

Broadcast messages and Bit Oriented Protocol (BOP) messages. Both types of communication are supported at the same time.

Appendix F: “ACARS/CMU Messages” on page F-1 includes descriptions of the

messages that the CMU will transmit to the HSD-440 terminal and receive from the

HSD-440 terminal.

D. Configuring Terminal Categories

This section describes how to configure the system parameters using the MPU.

For this release, the HSD-440 terminal is in Stand-Alone Mode by default. The factory default for the Terminal Category is configured to 2=HW Strapping. If the HSD-440 terminal does not have the recommended hardware strapping for the system configuration, the terminal category must be configured using the HSD-440 terminal maintenance port

EEPROM parameters.

To configure the Terminal Category:

1. Connect a computer to the maintenance port of the HSD-440 terminal as described

in "Test and Fault Isolation" on page 4-1, and then power up the system.

2. To select misc. EEPROM parameters, in Menu 3, press M.

The Miscellaneous Parameters list appears. The available parameters may differ depending on the version of control processor software.

3. To select the Terminal Category, type 16 , and then press ENTER.

The Terminal Category Menu appears.

23-15-30

2-6

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

4. To select Stand-Alone, press 1, and then press ENTER.

A system message appears stating that the EEPROM has been updated. This completes the configuration of the terminal category for Stand-Alone Mode.

5. To activate the new configuration, reset the HSD-440 terminal.

E. Configuring the APN (Access Point Name)

The APN is the gateway between the SBB core network and the internet. To obtain the

APN, contact your service provider.

To configure the APN:

1. Connect to the Maintenance Port Utility (MPU) of the HSD-400 terminal—see

"Terminal MPU" on page 4-2 for connection details.

2. To navigate to maintenance menu 3, press CTRL + N.

3. To access miscellaneous EEPROM parameters, type m .

4. To navigate to parameters between 73 and 102, press CTRL + N.

5. To configure parameter 99, type 99 , and then press ENTER.

6. To configure your APN, type your APN IP address and press ENTER.

An EEPROM UPDATED message appears—the APN is saved in the EEPROM.

Configuring LES Access Codes

This section describes how to configure the HSD-440 terminal with the LES Access Codes provided by your Inmarsat service provider.

Inmarsat assigns each LES an access code. These access codes are used by the

Inmarsat system to route calls to the correct OR Satellite and LES.

NOTE: You can remove the label that covers the LES Access Codes LEDs once you have configured the LES Access Codes.

NOTE: HSD-440 terminals are shipped with the factory default LES Access Codes set to

0 (zero). All HSD-440 terminals must be configured with the valid LES Access

Codes provided by your ISP.

NOTE: When configuring the LES Access Codes using the HSD-440 terminal MPU, the application requests the input of a Secondary LES Access Code. At the time of writing, Inmarsat has not implemented the recognition of the secondary LES value in their systems. However, a valid Secondary LES Access Code must be entered in the HSD-440 terminal. The Secondary LES Access Code must be the same as the Primary LES Access Code.

23-15-30

2-7

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 2-6 Inmarsat Swift64 LES Operator and Access Codes

Land Earth Station

Operator

Country

AOR-E AOR-W IOR POR

Vizada

Stratos

Stratos (Auckland LES)

Xantic (Burum LES)

Xantic (Perth LES)

USA

UK/Canada

New Zealand

Netherlands

Australia

001

002

012

001

002

012

001

002

012

001

002

012

(1) Changing LES Access Codes using the Control Processor Software

To change all of the LES Access Codes simultaneously to the same LES Access Code:

1. Connect to the Maintenance Port Utility (MPU) of the HSD-440 terminal—see

"Terminal MPU" on page 4-2 for connection details.

2. Type the password maint .

3. To navigate to maintenance menu 3, press CTRL + N.

4. In Menu 3, press K.

5. Follow the application prompts, and enter the LES Access Code.

(2) Changing LES Access Codes on a Call-by-Call Basis

To change the LES Access Code on a call-by-call basis in all control processor software versions:

• Enter the following dial-sequence (Xantic POR LES Access Code [012] as an example only):

901 + LES CODE + International Code + Country Code

+ Area Code + Telephone Number + POUND/HASH KEY

Example: 901 + 012 + 00 + 1+ 613+5551212 + #

NOTE: You can also change the LES code on a call-by-call basis using the Dial Code

Prefix 901 when troubleshooting and diagnosing network problems.

Configuring Forward IDs

To configure Forward IDs:

1. Connect to the Maintenance Port Utility (MPU) of the HSD-440 terminal—see

"Terminal MPU" on page 4-2 for connection details.

2. Type the password maint .

3. To navigate to maintenance menu 3, press CTRL + N.

4. To set control processor ORT parameters, press K.

5. To configure the Forward ID, type 32 , and then press ENTER .

23-15-30

2-8

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

6. Type the Forward ID, and then press ENTER.

NOTE: The HSD-440 terminal must be reset for the Forward ID to take effect.

Configuring ORs

Each OR provides access to specific services. ORs must be configured to support SBB where SBB services are available.

Table 2-7 lists the regions where SBB services are available at the time of publishing.

Table 2-7 Ocean Regions Supporting SBB

Region Name Sat. Long.

Americas

EMEA

Asia-Pacific

98.0W

25.0E

178.0E

To configure ORs for SBB:

1. Connect to the HSD-440 terminal’s MPU—see "Terminal MPU" on page 4-2.

2. To navigate to Menu 3, press CTRL + N.

3. To see the current OR parameters, press P.

4. Press the number corresponding to the OR.

5. At the command prompt, press ENTER to accept the default OR name.

6. At the command prompt, press ENTER to accept the default longitude.

7. At the command prompt, press ENTER to accept the default terrestrial network ID.

8. At the command prompt, type the letter of each satellite service accessible in that OR.

You can configure the OR for two or three services. For example, asb configures the

OR for Aero, Swift64, and SBB.

9. If you are finished configuring the HSD-440 terminal, reboot the system.

Selection of ORs should be set to automatic. If the aircraft will not fly between ORs, one

OR may be selected.

To set OR selection to automatic:

1. Connect to the MPU of the HSD-440 terminal—-see "Terminal MPU" on page 4-2 for

more information about connecting to the MPU.

2. To navigate to Menu 4, press CTRL + N.

3. To set ORs, press O.

4. At the command prompt, type -1 .

23-15-30

2-9

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

To select one OR:

1. Connect to the MPU of the HSD-440 terminal—see "Terminal MPU" on page 4-2 for

more information about connecting to the MPU.

2. To navigate to Menu 4, press CTRL + N.

3. To set ORs, press O.

4. To select an OR, type the number of that OR.

Configuring the Channel Cards for Swift64 and SBB

The channel cards access and assign priority to Swift64 and SBB services according to the following rules:

• Give priority to SBB, but access Swift64 when SBB is not available

• Never permit access to Swift64

• Give priority to Swift64, but access SBB when Swift64 is not available

To configure a channel card for Swift64 and SBB

1. Connect a computer to the maintenance port of the HSD terminal. For more

information, refer to “Terminal MPU” on page 4-2.

2. To access the maintenance menus, type the password maint .

The password does not appear on the screen.

Maintenance menu 1 appears.

3. To navigate to maintenance menu 3, press CTRL + N.

4. To access miscellaneous EEPROM parameters, press m .

5. To access channel card configuration parameters, type 97 , and then press ENTER.

The current channel card configuration appears. In the example below, channel card one is operating as a Type 6 BGAN (SBB) terminal that can access Swift64 services when SBB is not available.

6. To configure the operating mode of channel card one, press the key corresponding to one of the options provided.

7. To configure the HSD-440 terminal to operate as a type 6 terminal, press 6 .

The HSD-440 terminal can operate only as a type 6 terminal.

23-15-30

2-10

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

8. To assign a priority to Swift64 and SBB services, press the key corresponding to a priority setting shown below.

The prompt for channel card two configuration appears.

9. To save changes, reset the HSD-440 terminal.

Removing the LED Label

A label covers the LES Access Codes LEDs. You can remove this label once you have configured the LES Access Codes.

K. Activating Configurations

After configuring the HSD-440 terminal parameters, the HSD-440 terminal must be reset using one of the following methods:

• In Menu 2, press Z

• Cycle the power to the HSD-440 terminal

• Press the reset or remote reset button on HSD-440 terminals installed in Stand-Alone

Mode

When the reset or restart is completed, the configuration values and parameters are activated.

L. Verifying Configurations

This section describes how to view the HSD-440 terminal configuration parameters.

To view the HSD-440 terminal ORT system configuration:

1. In Menu 3, press H.

The List ORT appears.

2. Press 1 to display the CP ORT.

3. To scroll through the listing, press H.

23-15-30

2-11

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

3. Using Terminals

This section describes how to:

• Place Swift64 voice and fax calls using the ISDN interface of the HSD-440 terminal

• Use the MPDS and Mobile ISDN data connections

• Operate the MCDU

• Operate Cockpit Communications

A. Placing Swift64 Voice and Fax Calls

Placing voice and fax calls using the HSD-440 terminal is similar to placing an international telephone call or entering a telephone number for dial-up networking data calls. Like international telephone numbers, the HSD-440 terminal dialing-number-sequence

includes different routing components or codes. Figure 2-1 illustrates the required order

of the dialing components.

Figure 2-1 Dialing-Sequence Components

Each dialing sequence component serves a different routing function:

• Dial Code Prefix:

Use service-specific Dial Code Prefixes when sending a fax or using analog modems, or for overriding system defaults to force the system to request a specific service type.

Figure 2-1 uses the Dial Code Prefix for 3.1 KHz audio service type (*82*). See

Table 2-8 for other Dial Code Prefixes.

• International Access Code:

Use the international access code of the ground location when making ground-to-air calls. The international access code for all airborne equipment is 00.

• Country Code:

Use the Public Switch Telephone Network (PSTN) number assigned to the country of your call destination.

23-15-30

2-12

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

• Area Code (and City Code, if applicable):

Use the PSTN routing number assigned to the area (and if applicable, city) of your call destination.

• POUND SIGN (#):

To signal the system to send the call, at the end of the telephone dial string, press or enter POUND SIGN. Certain devices using the HSD-440 terminal may not have the function to insert the POUND SIGN at the end of the dialing sequence. For those devices, additional Dial Code Prefixes are required to override the send command

requirement. Refer to Table 2-9 for more information.

(1) Dial Code Prefixes

Although the system automatically selects the appropriate service types on outgoing calls for ISDN devices, a Dial Code Prefix is required to send a fax, identify an analogue modem, or force the system to override the system defaults to select a

specific service type (see Table 2-8).

The system requires the Dial Code Prefix *82* for sending faxes or when using analogue modems. It forces the system to request the required 3.1 kHz audio service from the Inmarsat Satellite Communications Network. If required, use the Dial Code

Prefixes to override the system defaults for selecting specific service types. Dial Code

Prefixes for all service types require an asterisk (*) before and after the code number.

Other Dial Code Prefixes provide system overrides required if you are using devices that cannot add a POUND SIGN to the dialing string or devices that are slow dialing.

Table 2-8 provides a description of the additional Dial Code Prefixes used for system

overrides for Swift64 and SBB. Table 2-6 provides a list of the LESs and their

associated codes.

Note: Prefix *83* is not supported for SBB.

Table 2-8 Dial Code Prefixes for Forcing Service Type Selection

Service Type

Speech 64 kbps

AMBE+2 (SBB)

Service Description

High-Speed Voice

Dial Code Prefix

(Forces service selection)

*81*

3.1 kHz audio

56 kbps data

64 kbps data

Fax, analogue modem, STU-III, STE

High-speed data

*82*

*83*

*84*

23-15-30

2-13

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 2-9 Dial Code Prefixes for System Overrides

Reason for Override

Dial Code

Prefix

Example Dialing Sequence

Use this Dial Code Prefix to override the default LES configured in the system.

This Dial Code Prefix signals the system to override the default LES and use the selected

LES instead. (See Figure 2-8 or contact

Inmarsat for Swift64 LES codes).

901 + LES

CODE

901 + LES CODE + International

Code + Country Code + Area Code +

Telephone Number + POUND KEY

901 + 002 + 00 + 1+ 613 +5551212

+ POUND KEY

Use with devices that cannot produce or add a POUND SIGN to end the dialing sequence.

This Dial Code Prefix signals the system to send the call after a specified delay in user input when the POUND SIGN cannot be entered.

Use with slow dialing devices that cannot produce or add a POUND SIGN to end the dialing sequence.

This Dial Code Prefix signals the system to send the call after a specified delay in user input.

902

903

902 + International Code + Country

Code + Area Code + Telephone

Number

902 + 00 + 1+ 613 + 5551212

903 + International Code + Country

Code + Area Code + Telephone

Number

903 + 00 + 1+ 613 + 5551212

(2) Mobile-to-Mobile Communication

The HSD-440 terminal provides a two-way link for aircraft-to-aircraft communication.

Calling an aircraft requires additional information. You need to know the IMN of the

device or service on the aircraft you are calling. Table 2-10 lists the SNAC and the

Satellite OR number.

SNAC

Table 2-10 Satellite OR Codes

Code Name Code Number

870

B. Using Data Connections

For information about data connections, optimizing your airborne network and selecting the service that best meets your needs, refer to the HSD High-speed Data Terminal

Developer’s Guide, MN-1252-13005.

Refer to the HSD High-speed Data Terminal Setup Guide, MN-1110-10048, for instructions on configuring dial-up networking connections.

23-15-30

2-14

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

C. Operating the MCDU

The MCDU interface includes output and input ports, the screen, and the keyboard.

NOTE: The following descriptions apply to a Universal MCDU. Other MCDU types may differ slightly.

(1) Output Ports

The MCDU transfers its identification and commands to the HSD-440 terminal using

32 bit words and a 12-14.5 kbps output port, as defined in ARINC Specification 429,

Digital Information Transfer System (DITS).

(2) Input Ports

The MCDU receives identification information and display data from individual subsystems using seven input ports, as defined by ARINC Specification 429. Ports 1 and 2 are reserved for FMSs, and they operate at 100 kbps. Ports 3–7 are available for the MCDU to communicate with the HSD-440 terminal, and they operate at 12-14.5 kbps.

(3) Screen

The MCDU displays all data on the screen, as shown in Figure 2-2.

Figure 2-2 MCDU Screen

The screen is divided into 14 rows and 24 columns. The first line is usually the title line for the displayed menu. The last line, called the scratchpad, is where you can see the data you have entered on the keyboard.

Between the title line and the scratchpad are six pairs of lines that correspond to the six line select (LS) keys on either side of the screen. The upper line of each pair is the label line, and the lower line is the data line. The six keys are designated left (L) and right (R) and numbered 1–6 from top to bottom.

(4) Keyboard

The MCDU’s keyboard includes a set of numeric keys and a set of alphabetic keys, both of which you can use to enter data into the MCDU.

The keyboard may include preset keys, such as the following:

• The IDX or MAIN MENU key: this key returns you to the MCDU’s main menu.

23-15-30

2-15

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

• The CLR key: this key clears any text you type into the scratchpad.

• The NEXT PAGE key: this key brings up the next page of a menu if one is available.

You can program the other keys in the keyboard according to your requirements.

(5) Special Symbols

Because of space constraints on the screen, the MCDU uses a number of special symbols to indicate actions:

• < and > appear at the far left or right to indicate that another menu page is available in that direction.

• NUMBER/NUMBER appears to tell you which page out of how many pages you are viewing. For example, 1/2 would appear when you are on page 1 of 2 pages in total.

• * appears when an action is associated with that key. For example, pushing the key beside the * could make a phone call, enter a password, or initiate a log off.

• [ and ] appear around the first item in a list. Each instance of a list should be below a line item with a * beside it. You can push the key beside the * repeatedly to display the other items in the list. See ARINC 739A, section 3 and Attachment 10 for details.

(6) Navigating the MCDU

The MCDU includes a number of menus, as shown in Figure 2-3.

Figure 2-3 MCDU Menus

This section will help you perform the following tasks:

•

Modifying Logon Settings

•

Viewing Channel Status

•

Performing Maintenance

23-15-30

2-16

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

(7) Modifying Logon Settings

You can control how the HSD-440 terminal logs onto the network with the MCDU.

(a) Viewing the Logon Status

The logon status defines whether the HSD-440 terminal is currently logged on or logged off.

To view the logon status:

On the second page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to AERO

LOGON .

The SATCOM AERO LOGON menu appears, as shown in Figure 2-4. The

MCDU displays the log status on the line below SATCOM AERO LOGON as LOGGED ON or NOT LOGGED ON .

Figure 2-4 SATCOM AERO LOGON Menu

(b) Selecting GESs

You can change the GES preferences using the MCDU.

To select a GES:

On the second page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to AERO

LOGON .

The SATCOM AERO LOGON menu appears.

Press the key next to GES until the MCDU displays the GES you want to associate with that channel.

Press the key next to SAVE .

You can set the HSD-440 terminal to log on automatically or manually.

23-15-30

2-17

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

To change the logon mode:

On the second page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to AERO

LOGON .

The SATCOM AERO LOGON menu appears.

Press the key next to LOGON MODE until the MCDU displays the desired logon mode.

Press the key next to SAVE .

(d) Changing Logon Satellite ID

You can change the satellite ID to which the HSD-440 terminal will log on.

To change the logon satellite ID:

On the second page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to AERO

LOGON .

The SATCOM AERO LOGON menu appears.

Press the key next to SAT ID until the MCDU displays the satellite ID to which you want the HSD-440 terminal to log on.

Press the key next to SAVE .

(e) Logging on Manually

If you have configured the HSD-440 terminal to require a manual logon, you can log on manually using the MCDU.

To log on manually:

On the second page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to AERO

LOGON .

The SATCOM AERO LOGON menu appears.

To start the manual logon sequence, press the key next to LOGON .

CONFIRM appears on the line below LOGON when the logon sequence is complete.

(f) Logging Off

You can initiate the log off sequence from the HSD-440 terminal with the MCDU.

To log off:

On the second page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to AERO

LOGON .

The SATCOM AERO LOGON menu appears.

Press the key next to LOGOFF .

(8) Viewing Channel Status

From the second page of the MCDU’s main menu, you can view the status of each of the four channels on the HSD-440 terminal.

23-15-30

2-18

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

To view the status menu for a channel:

On the second page of the MCDU’s main menu, as shown in Figure 2-5,

press the key next to AERO STAT to view the SATCOM AERO STAT menu or press the key next to HSD STAT to view the SATCOM HSD STAT menu.

The SATCOM AERO STAT menu is shown in Figure 2-6. The SATCOM HSD

STAT menu is shown in Figure 2-7.

Figure 2-5 SATCOM MAIN MENU (Page 2)

Figure 2-6 SATCOM AERO STATUS Menu

23-15-30

2-19

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Figure 2-7 SATCOM HSD STATUS Menu

On the SATCOM AERO STAT menu or the SATCOM HSD STAT menu, press the key next to the channel for which you wish to view the status.

The menu for Aero Card 2, Channel 1 is shown in Figure 2-8. The menu for

HSD Card 1, Channel 1 is shown in Figure 2-9. Similar menus are available

for the remaining channel cards.

Figure 2-8 SATCOM AERO CARD2 CH1 STAT Menu

23-15-30

2-20

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Figure 2-9 SATCOM HSD CARD1 CH1 STAT Menu

On the channel status menu (Figure 2-8 and Figure 2-9), you can view the following

detailed information about the operation of a channel:

• Logon status

• Call termination code

• Transmitter Effect Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP)

• Receiver carrier-to-noise ratio

• Service type

• Number of bits transmitted per second (kbps)

• Number of bits received per second (kbps)

• Service information

• Satellite ID

(a) Viewing the Logon Status

To view the logon status for AERO channels:

• On the SATCOM AERO STAT menu, press the key next to channel for which you wish to view the logon status.

The MCDU displays the logon status on the line below LOGON as either

VALID or INVALID .

To view the logon status for HSD channels:

• On the SATCOM HSD STAT menu, press the key next to channel for which you wish to view the logon status.

The MCDU displays the logon status on the line below ORR STAT as either

VALID or INVALID .

23-15-30

2-21

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

(b) Viewing the Call Termination Code

The call termination code is a two-digit number that corresponds to a call termination reason, such as a line failure.

NOTE: Call Termination Code is not available for Aero channels.

To view the call termination code for HSD channels:

• On the SATCOM HSD STAT menu, press the key next to channel for which you wish to view the call termination code.

The MCDU displays the call termination code on the line below CALL TERM .

To view the transmitter EIRP:

• On the SATCOM AERO STAT menu or SATCOM HSD STAT menu, press the key next to channel for which you wish to view the transmitter EIRP.

The MCDU displays the transmitter EIRP on the line below TX EIRP .

(d) Viewing the Receiver Carrier-to-Noise Ratio

To view the receiver carrier-to-noise ratio:

• On the SATCOM AERO STAT menu or SATCOM HSD STAT menu, press the key next to channel for which you wish to view the receiver carrier-to-noise ratio.

The MCDU displays the receiver carrier-to-noise ratio on the line below RX

C/NO .

(e) Viewing the Service Type

The MCDU displays the service type as an acronym.

To view the service type:

• On the SATCOM AERO STAT menu or SATCOM HSD STAT menu, press the key next to channel for which you wish to view the service type.

The MCDU displays the service type on the line below SERV TYPE .

(f) Viewing the Number of Bits Transmitted Per Second

The number of bits being transmitted per second is expressed in kilobits per second (kbps).

To view the number of bits being transmitted per second:

• On the SATCOM AERO STAT menu or SATCOM HSD STAT menu, press the key next to channel for which you wish to view the number of bits being transmitted per second.

The number of bits being transmitted per second are displayed on the line below TX KBPS . When a circuit switched service has been selected or configured, the MCDU screen displays no data.

(g) Viewing the Number of Bits Received Per Second

The number of bits being received per second is expressed in kilobits per second

(kbps).

23-15-30

2-22

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

To view the number of bits being received per second:

• On the SATCOM AERO STAT menu or SATCOM HSD STAT menu, press the key next to channel for which you wish to view the number of bits being received per second.

The number of bits being received per second are displayed on the line below

RX KBPS . When a circuit switched service has been selected or configured, the MCDU screen displays no data.

(h) Viewing Service Information

If you have Aero service, service information includes the GES number and name description. If you have GAN (Swift64) service, service information includes the service provider number and name description.

To view service information:

• On the SATCOM AERO STAT menu or SATCOM HSD STAT menu, press the key next to channel for which you wish to view service information.

The MCDU displays the service information on the line below CONNECTED .

(i) Viewing Satellite IDs

Satellite IDs include the index number of each satellite, a mnemonic and abbreviated alphanumeric description, and the number of the spot beam that the

HSD-440 terminal is currently using.

To view satellite IDs:

• On the SATCOM AERO STAT menu or SATCOM HSD STAT menu, press the key next to channel for which you wish to view satellite IDs.

The MCDU displays the satellite IDs on the line below SAT .

NOTE: All channels and channel cards must be logged into the same satellite; however, they may be operating through different spot beams.

(9) Performing Maintenance

You can modify headset configuration and initiate self-tests on the HSD-440 terminal from the MCDU.

(a) Modifying Headset Configuration

You can modify some headset configurations using the MCDU, including the cockpit voice levels and noise insertion level.

The cockpit voice level refers to the level at which the cockpit microphone transmits its signal and the level at which the headset/speaker receives its signal.

Noise insertion minimizes the amount of noise modulation you hear when the

GES drops its carrier in the forward direction during speech pauses.

To modify headset configuration:

On the second page of the MCDU’s main menu, as shown in Figure 2-5,

press the key next to HEADSET CFG .

The SATCOM HEADSET CONFIG menu appears, as shown in Figure 2-10.

23-15-30

2-23

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Figure 2-10 SATCOM HEADSET CONFIG Menu

NOTE: The numbers move up and down by increments and decrements of

To increase or decrease the speaker, microphone, sidetone, and noise insertion levels, press the keys next to DWN and UP .

Press the key next to SAVE .

(b) Initiating a Person Activated Self Test (PAST)

CAUTION: INITIATING A PAST DROPS ANY VOICE OR DATA CALLS THAT

ARE IN PROGRESS.

A PAST completely resets the HSD-440 terminal. The HSD-440 terminal drops any telephone calls that are in progress, and the AES drops off the Inmarsat satellite communications system. When the HSD-440 terminal reboots, updated

BITE data appears on the appropriate screens in the MCDU. This is equivalent to a POST.

The HSD-440 terminal performs a self-test during the power up sequence. You can initiate a PAST by pressing the TEST button on the front panel of the

HSD-440 terminal and holding it down for three seconds or more. You can also initiate a PAST through the MCDU.

NOTE: You can only initiate a PAST when the aircraft is on the ground.

NOTE: You can only access the MAINT menu if the “Allow MCDU PAST” ORT setting is enabled.

To initiate a PAST:

On the second page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to MAINT .

The SATCOM DIAG menu appears, as shown in Figure 2-11.

23-15-30

2-24

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Figure 2-11 SATCOM DIAG Menu

To initiate the PAST, press the key next to PAST .

D. Cockpit Communications

This section provides instructions for making calls with the MCDU and 4-wire voice services available in the aircraft’s cockpit. The cockpit communications system operates with a headset in the aircraft’s cockpit.

(1) Modes of Operation

The cockpit communication services are configured in one of two modes of operation before installation: Latched mode and Push-to-Talk (PTT) mode. These configurations are strapped at the terminal and cannot be changed without removing and rewiring the terminal.

In PTT mode, a telephone number can be dialed only using the MCDU keys, not with the switches on the cockpit communication console. In Latched mode, a call to a telephone number loaded into the MCDU can be initiated using the switches on the audio Control Panel (ACP), and calls can be answered and ended with the switches and the MCDU buttons.

(2) Accepting and Making Calls

You can accept and make air-to-ground and air-to-air voice calls using the HSD-440 terminal, the MCDU, the ACP, and a 4-wire cockpit headset.

The way in which you can accept or make calls depends on the mode in which your

4-wire cockpit headset is strapped: PTT mode or Latched mode.

(a) PTT Mode

You can use the MCDU and ACP to accept calls, make air-to-ground calls, and make air-to-air calls in PTT mode. You can make new calls or dial previously saved telephone numbers from the MCDU’s telephone directory.

23-15-30

2-25

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

1. Accepting Calls in PTT Mode

You can use the MCDU and ACP to accept incoming calls, including when another call is in progress. The combination of lights and chimes that alert you to an incoming call depends on the way in which the HSD-440 terminal was strapped during its installation.

To accept a call in PTT mode:

1. To accept the call:

•

On the first page of the MCDU’s main menu, as shown in Figure 2-12,

press the key next to ANSWER . or

• On the ACP, assert the PLACE/END CALL 1 switch or close the

PTT 1 switch.

Figure 2-12 SATCOM MAIN MENU (Page 1 of 2)

2. To end the call:

• On the MCDU, press the key next to END . or

• On the ACP, assert the PLACE/END CALL 1 switch or open the

PTT 1 switch.

To accept a call in PTT mode when another call is in progress:

1. To accept the call, on the first page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to ACCEPT .

The original call ends.

23-15-30

2-26

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

2. To end the call:

• On the MCDU, press the key next to END .

• On the ACP, assert the PLACE/END CALL 1 switch or open the

PTT 1 switch.

2. Making New Calls in PTT Mode

Making calls using the HSD-440 terminal is similar to placing an international telephone call. Air-to-ground telephone numbers include an international access code, country code, and area code. Air-to-air telephone numbers include a SNAC or OR and an IMN.

International access codes and country codes are shown in Appendix G:

“International Access and Country Codes” on page G-1.

OR numbers are shown in Table 2-11.

AOR-E

AOR-W

POR

IOR

Table 2-11 OR Numbers

OR OR number

871

874

872

873

To make a new call in PTT mode:

1. On the first page of the MCDU’s main menu, type the full telephone number you want to call into the MCDU keyboard.

2. To set the priority for your call using Table 2-12, press the key next to

PRIORITY .

Table 2-12 Priority Codes

Call priority

EMG

Description

Emergency—used for distress or urgent calls

OP-HI

OP-LO

NON-OP

Operational-High—used for Flight Safety communications

Operational-Lo—used for Regularity of Flight,

Meteorological or Administrative communications

Non-Operational—used for Non Safety of Flight or public phone call (cabin) communications

23-15-30

2-27

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

3. To dial the call:

• On the MCDU, press the key next to DIAL NOW .

• On the ACP, assert the PLACE/END CALL 1 switch or close the

PTT 1 switch.

4. To end the call:

• On the MCDU, press the key next to END .

• On the ACP, assert the PLACE/END CALL 1 switch or open the

PTT 1 switch.

3. Making Calls from the Telephone Directory in PTT Mode

You can make voice calls from the numbers you have saved in the MCDU’s telephone directory.

To make a call from the telephone directory in PTT mode:

1. On the first page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to TEL DIR .

The SATCOM TEL DIR menu appears, as shown in Figure 2-13.

Figure 2-13 SATCOM TEL DIR Menu

2. Press the key next to CATEGORY to select a phone book.

The SATCOM TEL CAT menu appears, as shown in Figure 2-14.

23-15-30

2-28

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Figure 2-14 SATCOM TEL CAT 1 (Page 1 of 20)

3. Press the key next to the entry you want to dial.

The SATCOM ENTRY menu appears, as shown in Figure 2-15.

Figure 2-15 SATCOM ENTRY Menu (Page 1 of 100)

4. To load the telephone number, press the key next to LOAD TO DIAL .

The MCDU’s main menu appears, as shown in Figure 2-16.

23-15-30

2-29

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Figure 2-16 SATCOM MAIN MENU (Page 1 of 2)

5. To dial the call:

• On the MCDU, press the key next to DIAL NOW .

• On the ACP, assert the PLACE/END CALL 1 switch or close the

PTT 1 switch.

6. To end the call:

• On the MCDU, press the key next to END .

• On the ACP, assert PLACE/END CALL 1 switch or open the PTT 1 switch.

(b) Latched Mode

You can use the MCDU and ACP to accept calls, make air-to-ground calls, and make air-to-air calls in Latched mode. You can make new calls or dial previously saved telephone numbers from the MCDU’s telephone directory.

1. Accepting Calls in Latched Mode

To accept a call in Latched mode:

1. To accept the call, on the ACP, close the PTT 1 switch.

2. To end the call:

• On the ACP, open the PTT 1 switch or assert the

PLACE/END CALL 1 switch.

23-15-30

2-30

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

• On the MCDU, press the key next to END .

To accept a call in Latched mode when another call is in progress:

1. To accept the call, on the first page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to ACCEPT .

The original call ends.

2. To end the call:

• On the ACP, open the PTT 1 switch or assert the

PLACE/END CALL 1 switch.

• On the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to END .

2. Making Calls in Latched Mode

To make a new call in Latched mode:

1. On the first page of the MCDU’s main menu, type the full telephone number you want to call into the MCDU keyboard.

2. To set the priority for your call using Table 2-13, press the key next to

PRIORITY .

Table 2-13 Priority Codes

Call priority

EMG

Description

Emergency—used for distress or urgent calls

OP-HI

OP-LO

NON-OP

Operational-High—used for Flight Safety communications

Operational-Lo—used for Regularity of Flight, Meteorological or

Administrative communications

Non-Operational—used for Non Safety of Flight or public phone call

(cabin) communications

3. Press the key next to LOAD NUMBER .

The full telephone number appears under DIAL NOW .

4. To dial the telephone number, on the ACP, close the PTT 1 switch.

5. To end the call:

• On the ACP, open the PTT 1 switch or assert the

PLACE/END CALL 1 switch.

• On the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to END .

23-15-30

2-31

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

3. Making Calls from the Telephone Directory in Latched Mode

You can make voice calls from the numbers you have saved in the MCDU’s telephone directory.

To make a call from the telephone directory in Latched mode:

1. On the first page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to TEL DIR .

The SATCOM TEL DIR menu appears.

2. Press the key next to CATEGORY to select a phone book.

The SATCOM TEL CAT menu appears.

3. Press the key next to the entry you want to dial.

The SATCOM ENTRY menu appears.

4. To load the telephone number, press the key next to LOAD TO DIAL .

The MCDU’s main menu appears.

5. On the ACP, select CH1 SATCOM.

6. To dial the telephone number, on the ACP, close the PTT 1 switch.

7. To end the call:

• On the ACP, open the PTT 1 switch or assert the

PLACE/END CALL 1 switch.

• On the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to END .

You can save telephone numbers to the MCDU’s telephone directory to use later, and you can dial telephone numbers from the telephone directory.

1. Saving a New Directory Entry

To save new telephone numbers to the telephone directory:

1. On the first page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to TEL DIR .

The SATCOM TEL DIR menu appears.

2. Press the key next to CATEGORY to select a phone book.

The SATCOM TEL CAT menu appears.

3. Press a key next to an empty entry. If there is no empty entry available on the first page, press the key next to NEXT until a free entry appears.

A SATCOM ENTRY menu appears for this new telephone number.

4. Type the name you want to give this telephone number into the MCDU’s keyboard.

5. To store the label, press the key next to LABEL .

6. Type the telephone number for this entry into the MCDU’s keyboard.

7. To store the telephone number, press the key next to NUMBER .

23-15-30

2-32

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

8. Press the key next to PRIORITY repeatedly until the priority you want to associate with this telephone number appears.

NOTE: When you designate a telephone number as the ATC telephone number, any other telephone number that was designated as ATC loses that designation. Only one telephone number can be designated as the ATC telephone number.

9. To make this telephone number the ATC telephone number, press the key next to ATC NUMBER .

10. To save your entry, press the key next to SAVE .

NOTE: The SAVE option does not appear until you make a change to the entry.

2. Modifying an Existing Directory Entry

To modify an existing entry in the directory:

1. On the first page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to TEL DIR .

The SATCOM TEL DIR menu appears.

2. Press the key next to CATEGORY to select a phone book.

The SATCOM TEL CAT menu appears.

3. Press the key next to the entry you wish to modify.

The SATCOM ENTRY menu appears for this entry.

4. Type the name you want to give this telephone number into the MCDU’s keyboard.

5. To store the label, press the key next to LABEL .

6. Type the telephone number for this entry into the MCDU’s keyboard.

7. To store the telephone number, press the key next to NUMBER .

8. Press the key next to PRIORITY repeatedly until the priority you want to associate with this telephone number appears.

9. To make this telephone number the ATC telephone number, press the key next to ATC NUMBER .

10. To save your entry, press the key next to SAVE .

NOTE: The SAVE option does not appear until you make a change to the entry.

23-15-30

2-33

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Blank Page

23-15-30

2-34

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

INSTALLATION

This section describes the procedures required to install HSD-440 terminals on an aircraft, including the following sections:

•

Advisories

•

Pre-Installation Inspection

•

ARINC 600 Trays and Connectors

•

Mechanical Installation

•

Electrical Installation

•

Installation and Engineering Diagrams

1. Advisories

Before performing any installation procedures, read the safety advisories listed in the

Introduction on page INTRO–6 of this manual.

2. Pre-Installation Inspection

Before installing any HSD-440 terminal, conduct a pre-installation inspection of all parts to make sure that no damage occurred during shipping:

• Unpack the HSD-440 terminal(s) from the shipping container(s).

• Verify that the part number displayed on the shipping box and equipment component matches the model and part number ordered. If components are missing from the shipment, contact the supplier or EMS SATCOM Product Support immediately and report the problem.

• Visually inspect the terminal for any shipping damage. If any shipping damage has occurred, contact the shipping carrier immediately and report the problem.

• Check the HSD-440 terminal connectors for corrosion and damage. If damage is noted, do not apply power to the terminal. Contact the supplier or EMS SATCOM Product Support immediately to report the problem.

3. ARINC 600 Trays and Connectors

This section provides detailed information on the ARINC 600 trays provided in the HSD-440

Installation Kits.

The HSD-440 LRU is installed in a standard, ARINC 600, 8-MCU tray. Ruggedized trays designed specifically for installations on helicopter aircraft are also available.

A. Installation Kits

Installation kits for HSD-440 terminals are available from EMS SATCOM. Contact the EMS

SATCOM Sales department for more information on how to select and order the appropriate HSD-440 Terminal Installation Kit.

23-15-30

3-1

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 3-1 lists the recommended installation kits for typical installations.

Installation Kit Name

HSD-440 Installation Kit

AC FAN

HSD-440 Installation Kit

DC FAN

8-MCU ARINC 600 Tray with four isolators

Table 3-1 Installation Kits

EMS SATCOM

Part Number

Description

1110-F-0120-01 Standard Installation Kit: Bottom AC Fan

Tray Assembly and ARINC Connector

(Un-pressurized Installation)

1110-F-0120-02 Standard Installation Kit: Bottom DC Fan

Tray Assembly and ARINC Connector

(Un-pressurized Installation)

H64-BA-15 (Barry

Controls)

Vibration-mount installation kit.

B. Cabling Notes

Before proceeding with the installation of the HSD-440 terminal, read all cabling notes provided on the HSD-440 Terminal Interconnection and Contact Assignment drawings

(refer to Figure 3-11 and Figure 3-12).

(1) Cabling

When installing the HSD-440 terminal, follow the cabling requirements listed below:

• Maximum recommended cable length is 50 feet.

• LAN cables must meet flammability, TIA/EIA568-A CAT 5 requirements and conform to ARINC 628 specifications.

• Wire size recommendations:

• For +28 V dc HOT (BP2), +28 V dc RTN GND (BP3), 115 V ac COLD (BP7), and Chassis GND (BP8), use 12 AWG

• For 115 V ac HOT (BP1), use 20 AWG

• Unless otherwise specified, for signaling, use 22 AWG

(2) Coaxial Cable Loss Considerations

When installing HSD-440 terminals, consider the following coaxial cable loss requirements:

• Transmit cable: Maximum loss is 2.5 dB, including DLNA (typically <0.8 dB), as per ARINC 741. In installations that use a high power relay, the high power relay loss must be included.

• Receive cable: For HSD-440 terminals operating in Stand-Alone Mode, the minimum loss is 6–25 dB (including any in-line attenuator), as per ARINC 741.

4. Mechanical Installation

This section describes the mechanical installation requirements for the HSD-440 terminals.

The Outline and Installation diagrams are provided at the end of this section, in Figure 3-7 and Figure 3-8.

23-15-30

3-2

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

This section contains the information required to plan the physical placement of the HSD-440 terminals.

The Outline and Installation diagrams, shown in Figure 3-7 and Figure 3-8, illustrate the physical and mechanical specifications of the HSD-440 terminal.

In typical aircraft installations, the HSD-440 terminal assembly fits into standard ARINC,

8-MCU mounting trays. Specialized trays that meet the requirements for installations of the

HSD-440 terminals on Helicopters are also available from EMS SATCOM.

All HSD-440 terminal ARINC installation trays are included in the Installation Kits. Table 3-1

describes the HSD-440 terminal Installation Kits available from EMS SATCOM.

A. Physical Placement

When selecting a location for the HSD-440 terminal, allow for adequate spacing for the installation while providing reasonable access for servicing. Leave a minimum gap of 0.5 inches between LRUs.

B. SCM Installation

The SCM holds SIM cards that contain data for the operation of SBB services.

To remove the SCM:

1. Remove the two screws from the front panel of the HSD-440 terminal.

2. Remove the SCM from the HSD-440 terminal, as shown in Figure 3-1.

Figure 3-1 HSD-440 Terminal SCM

To install the SCM:

1. Insert the SCM into the slot on the front panel of the HSD-440 terminal.

2. Tighten the two screws on the SCM.

23-15-30

3-3

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

C. Environmental Requirements

The environmental requirements that must be considered during the physical placement of the HSD-440 terminals are based on the RTCA/DO-160E Environmental Specifications

detailed in "System Description" on page 1-1.

The standard mounting trays for the HSD-440 terminal offer a number of fan configuration options depending on the physical placement of the LRU in the aircraft.

(1) Heating and Cooling

Refer to "System Description" on page 1-1 for a complete listing of the RTCA/DO-160E

Environmental Specifications for the HSD-440 terminals.

When selecting an installation location for the HSD-440 terminal, consider the heating and cooling requirements listed below:

• Power Dissipation (AC/DC models): 275 Watts nominal, 400 Watts maximum

• Cooling Air: per ARINC 600

• Recommended Flow rate: 88 kg/hr (185 lbs/hr)

• Pressure drop: 5 ±3 mm (0.07 ±0.025 in.) H

(2) Fan Tray Requirements

WARNING: FAILURE TO INSTALL AND CONFIGURE THE FAN TRAY

ASSEMBLY AS INSTRUCTED MAY SERIOUSLY COMPROMISE

THE HSD-440 TERMINAL'S EXTREME TEMPERATURE

OPERATION.

Fan tray assemblies may be shipped with or without hole-plug-buttons installed. For adequate airflow to the HSD-440 terminal subassemblies, the plugs must be installed

or removed in the fan/tray configuration, as illustrated in Figure 3-2.

23-15-30

3-4

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Figure 3-2 Fan Tray Plug Configuration (black = installed, white = removed)

D. Chassis Grounding

The HSD-440 terminal tray-mounted assemblies must be electrically bonded to the airframe. Make sure that the mating surfaces are free from contaminants such as paints or other non-conductive elements. Where surface preparations are insufficient to ensure a proper bond, the use of a short, tin-coated, copper bonding strap of at least 6.35 mm

(0.25 in.) in width is recommended. The LRU and tray assemblies should provide a low impedance path of <0.2 ohms.

5. Electrical Installation

This section provides electrical installation details for HSD-440 terminals. This section is divided into sub-sections that provide the wiring details for the currently supported modes of operation.

A. Stand-Alone Mode Installation

(1) Cabling and Connector Requirements

This section provides general electrical installation information on power, ground, shielding requirements, and cabling.

23-15-30

3-5

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

(a) Power Requirements

The HSD-440 terminal can operate from the aircraft’s +28 V dc or 115 V ac,

400 Hz (nominal) power supply. If both power sources are connected, the terminal will use the 115 V ac supply.

(b) Ground Requirements

Improper grounding can lead to ground loops and induced Electromagnetic

Interference (EMI) or Radio Frequency Interference (RFI). When installing an

HSD-440 terminal, follow standard grounding practices for both chassis and

cabling shields. Refer to "Chassis Grounding" on page 3-5 for chassis and tray

grounding instructions.

The preferred method of cable shield termination is in accordance with NEMA

WC 27500:2000 and ARINC 741. ARINC Report 413A—Guidance for Aircraft

Electrical Power Utilization and Transient Protection provides more detailed information in Attachment 3-2, Wire Shielding and Grounding Requirements and in Appendix 7.

Unless otherwise stated, all cable shields must be connected to the closest aircraft ground at both ends of the cable and on both sides of any production break in the cable. Where applicable, terminate shields with connectors via the backshell or via a pigtail with a suitable termination to the closest aircraft ground.

General aviation cable-routing guidelines apply. See Table 3-2 for detailed

information.

NOTE: Typically, Ethernet and ISDN cables have multiple shields; terminate each shield separately.

Table 3-2 Cable Shielding and Termination Specifications

Cable Function Conductor Type

(Typical)

Single Point Multiple

N/A

Point

N/A

Minimum

Conductor

Coverage By

Shield

N/A Power Lines Single conductor, stranded

Digital Control Twisted pair, stranded Yes 85%

23-15-30

3-6

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 3-2 Cable Shielding and Termination Specifications (Continued)

Cable Function Conductor Type

(Typical)

Serial data Twisted pair, stranded

Ethernet data Twisted pair, stranded

Single Point Multiple

Point

Yes

Minimum

Conductor

Coverage By

Shield

85%

ISDN data Twisted pair, stranded

Discrete Lines Single conductor, stranded

RF TX and RX Coaxial

N/A

Yes

N/A

85%

N/A

Yes 95%

Definitions

Single Point: Cable shield terminated at one end only via a connector or suitable crimp terminal.

Multiple Point: Cable shield terminated at both ends via a connector or suitable crimp terminal, usually at both ends of the cable and at both sides of any production break.

N/A: Not applicable.

(2) Installation Wiring Notes

(a) SDI

SDI is provided for the as per ARINC 741 specifications. Pins marked 0 are left open-circuit and pins marked 1 are strapped on the airframe side of the connector to the pin assigned as SDI Common (TP5D). For this HGA application, pin TP5B

(1) should be strapped and TP5A (0) should be left open.

NOTE: The logic for the SDI/WOW is explained in ARINC 741 Characteristic

Attachment 1-4, Note 19. This SDI/WOW logic in this case (where 0=open and 1=strapped to common) is the reverse of the logic applied to all other

HSD-440 terminal connectors, FWD ID, System Config, and Data I/O

Config, where 0=strapped to common and 1=open.

(b) Maintenance Port Interface

The HSD-440 terminal has an RS-232 maintenance port interface that provides access to the MPU for data loading, system monitoring, and testing purposes.

Access to the HSD-440 terminal MPU is achieved by connecting an RS-232,

VT-100 terminal (PC or laptop operating a terminal emulation program) to the

RS-232 maintenance port.

The HSD-440 terminal maintenance port is available at the front of the HSD-440 terminal and at the rear ARINC 600 connector. Connection on the front of the

HSD-440 terminal is accessible via a DB25S connector for local maintenance of the terminal. Remote access is provided for cases where local access is unavailable. For remote access, install an accessible DB9S connector in the cabin area.

NOTE: The front panel and remote connections to the maintenance port cannot be used simultaneously.

23-15-30

3-7

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Refer to "Test and Fault Isolation" on page 4-1 for information on how to connect

and use the maintenance port, including equipment requirements, connection and cabling requirements, software loading instructions, and configuration details.

Several external RF parameters (such as cable losses and antenna gain) that must be delimited to ensure proper operation dictate the HSD-440 terminal performance requirements.

Table 3-3 defines the RF parameters and their expected values.

Table 3-3 RF Parameters Definitions

Parameter

Antenna Gain

Antenna to DLNA Loss

DLNA Gain

DLNA Noise Figure

DLNA to HSD-440 terminal (Rx) Loss

HSD-440 terminal to Antenna (Tx) Loss

DLNA Insertion Loss (Tx to Antenna Port)

Min. Value (dB) Max. Value (dB)

8 17

–

0.3

1.8

2.5 (including

DLNA loss)

0.8

(d) WOW Pin Wiring

The WOW1 and WOW2 pins are either left open circuit or connected to the airframe DC ground through a ground proximity switch. The WOW Program

Select (PGM) pin is either left open circuit or connected to the Forward Address

Common. The two ground states for any pin are open and closed circuit.

Resolve any conflict between WOW1 and WOW2 by assuming the aircraft is in-air. The interpretation of the state of the WOW1 and WOW2 pins is defined by

the state of the WOW program select pin. Refer to Table 3-4 for details.

Table 3-4 WOW Pin Wiring Table

Pin Name and Location

WOW1 WOW2 PGM

TP3G TP3K TP3J

CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED In-air

OPEN

Aircraft Status

CLOSED CLOSED Not valid—Default in-air

23-15-30

3-8

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 3-4 WOW Pin Wiring Table (Continued)

Pin Name and Location

CLOSED OPEN

OPEN OPEN

CLOSED

Aircraft Status

Not valid—Default in-air

On-ground

CLOSED CLOSED OPEN

OPEN CLOSED OPEN

CLOSED OPEN

OPEN OPEN

OPEN

On-ground

Not valid—Default in-air

In-air

Use of the WOW discretes enable the HSD-440 terminal to determine whether the aircraft is airborne. In Stand-Alone Mode installations, this is achieved as the

HSD-440 terminal receives speed information for Doppler correction via the INS.

This makes the WOW function redundant and optional for most installations.

The function of WOW has been expanded to include the ability to inhibit RF transmission when the aircraft is on the ground. Please note that this function is disabled by default and must be enabled in EEPROM. If the WOW function is disabled, normal maintenance activities should be prohibited when the system is active to avoid RF exposure. Follow normal safety procedures and disable the system before performing antenna maintenance.

WOW functionality will be further enhanced with the inclusion of a Transmit

Disable discrete in a planned future software upgrade.

(e) ICAO IDs

The ICAO ID is strapped and the first FWD ID is entered in the EEPROM.

Figure 3-3 provides an example of an ICAO ID address. This number (example:

\12345654) must be converted into a binary number for strapping.

NOTE: MSB is the Most Significant Bit and LSB is the Least Significant Bit.

23-15-30

3-9

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Figure 3-3 ICAO ID, Hex to Binary Conversion

A pin strapped to the same potential as TP7K (ICAO address common) is considered as a logical 0, whereas an open circuit pin is considered as a logical 1.

23-15-30

3-10

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

(f) Remote Status Panel (Optional)

An optional remote status panel may be installed when HSD-440 terminals are located in inaccessible or remote locations. The installation of a remote status panel is recommended as it provides visual indications of the power and faults for each terminal.

A remote reset switch for HSD-440 terminals can also be installed and located

with the remote status panel. Figure 3-4 illustrates a typical wiring diagram for

the remote reset circuit.

1. Remote Reset Circuit Switch Requirements

HSD-440 terminals support the installation of a Remote Reset Switch circuit

as shown in Figure 3-4.

The HSD-440 terminal Remote Reset circuit requires less than 100 ohms between TP1K (RESET) and MP1F(COM) to be asserted and greater than

10 kilohms to be de-asserted (includes all cable and switch contact resistance).

Figure 3-4 Remote Reset Circuit Switch

2. Remote LED Driver Circuit Requirements

The circuit requirements for the HSD-440 terminal Remote Status LED drivers

are shown in Figure 3-5. Each LED driver circuit provides an open-drain

Field-Effect Transistor (FET) interface that has a maximum continuous drain-to-source voltage of 35 V dc and drain-to-source current of 0.5 A dc.

These circuits are designed to sink current to ground only. Any external lamps or LEDs connected to these driver circuits require the appropriate external voltage and series impedance to be connected.

23-15-30

3-11

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Figure 3-5 Remote LED Panel Circuit

(g) User Interfaces

To facilitate user access to the HSD-440 terminal interfaces, install the following connectors in the appropriate cabin area.

1. ISDN Interface

Install an RJ45 connector in the cabin area for user connections to the ISDN interface.

2. Ethernet Data Interface

Install one or two RJ45 interface connectors in the cabin area for user access to the Ethernet interfaces.

3. RJ45 Connector Termination Details

Details relating to the RJ45 cable terminations required for both the ISDN

and/or 10BASE-T services are shown in Table 3-5 and Figure 3-6.

23-15-30

3-12

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 3-5 RJ45 Wiring Details

SIGNAL

RX+

RX-

TX+

TX-

EURO ISDN

PIN

ECS

White

Blue

White

Orange

CABLE

OTHER

White/green

Service

ETHERNET 10BASE-T

PIN

ECS

CABLE

OTHER

White White/orange stripe

Green 6

Blue

White/blue

Green Orange/white stripe or solid orange

White White/green stripe

Brown Green/white stripe or solid Green

Figure 3-6 RJ45 Connector Terminator Details

Use LAN cables that meet flammability and TIA/EIA568-A CAT-5 requirements. Cables #922404 (4 conductor) and # 922408 (8 conductor), as supplied by Electronics Cable Specialists, are acceptable. Equivalent substitutions from other manufacturers may be used.

4. System Configuration Pin Strapping

The HSD-440 terminal adjusts its configuration according to the status of several strap pins on the rear ARINC 600 connector.

Configuration pins are assigned based on system mode configuration

selection requirements, as shown in Table 3-6. Detailed pin assignment is shown in Table 3-7.

23-15-30

3-13

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Pin Number

TP4A to D

Table 3-6 Configuration Pin Summary

Name

System Config 1 to 4 System mode

Function

NOTE: The logic for the System Configuration pins is reverse to the logic explained in ARINC 741 Characteristic Attachment 1-4, Note 19.

• Pins marked 0 are signaled by strapping to Address Common (TP7K).

• Pins marked 1 are signaled by an open circuit-no connection.

• Configurations resulting in all ones (1) are invalid.

5. System Mode Strap Pins Coding

The HSD-440 terminal must be externally strapped according to its intended

operational configuration mode. Table 3-7 illustrates the system pin strapping

for currently supported HSD-440 terminal operational modes and configurations.

Table 3-7 System Pin Strapping

System Mode

Invalid

Stand-Alone

TP4A

TP4B

Pin Status

TP4C

TP4D

NOTE: The logic for the System Configuration pins is reverse to the logic explained in ARINC 741 Characteristic Attachment 1-4, Note 19.

• Pins marked 0 are signaled by strapping to Address Common (TP7K).

• Pins marked 1 are signaled by an open circuit—no connection.

• Configurations resulting in all ones (1) are invalid.

(h) ARINC 429 IRS Bus Interface

In Stand-Alone Mode installations, navigational information is provided to the

HSD-440 terminal through the high-speed ARINC 429 IRS bus interface. Refer

to "System Description" on page 1-1 for more information. The IRS bus connects

through the top plug of the ARINC 600 connector to the HSD-440 terminal as follows:

• IRS A to TP4J

• IRS B to TP4K

(i) Antenna Interface

The ARINC 741 antenna subsystem BSU/ACU is connected to the HSD-440

terminal as specified in Table 3-8.

23-15-30

3-14

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 3-8 HSD-440 Terminal to BSU Interconnects

Signal Name

HPA MUTE A

HPA MUTE B

Signal Source

HSD-440

Terminal

Mechanical

HGA

Phased-Array or

Conformal HGA

Port BSU-G

STBD BSU-G

Port BSU-H

STBD BSU-H

Signal Destination

TP3A

TP3C

TP3B

TP3D

BSU BITE A

BSU BITE B

BSU-W(G)* Port BSU-W

STBD BSU-W

BSU-X(H) Port BSU-X

STBD BSU-X

TP2A

TP2C

TP2B

TP2D

Multi-Control A TP3E

Multi-Control B TP3F

BSU-T(A)

BSU-U(B)

* Letters in (brackets) represent EMS SATCOM AMT-50 BSU pin designations

Top/Port (T/P): Refers to Mechanical (fin-mount) HGA Subsystem or Top Fuselage mounted Phased Array or Beam Steered antenna

Port: Refers to Port side of Dual (side) Conformal-mount HGA subsystem

Starboard

(STBD):

Refers to Starboard side of Dual (side) Conformal-mount HGA subsystem

(j) CMU Interface

Data rates, voltage thresholds, and electrical interface specifications are per

ARINC Specification 429. (741 p2-7 p4.7.2). The ARINC 600 wiring interconnections for the HSD-440 terminal and each CMU are shown in

Table 3-9.

Pin

TP1A

TP1B

TP1C

TP1D

MP1K

MP2K

Table 3-9 CMU Interface Wiring

Name

CMU 1 Input A

CMU 1 Input B

CMU 1/2 Output A

CMU 1/2 Output B

CMU 2 Input B

CMU 2 Input A

CMU 1 TP1A

CMU 1 TP1B

CMU 2 TP1A

CMU 2 TP1B

The bus speed can be either low or high. Both the transmit and receive ports of the HSD-440 terminal ARINC 429 CMU ports operate together at either low speed or high speed. Both CMUs therefore work at either low speed or high speed, but not one at each speed. The speed is selectable by setting a flag in

23-15-30

3-15

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal the ORT (instead of setting a program pin on the HSD-440 A600 connector as there are none available). If no information is available from the ORT, then the bus speed shall default to low.

(k) MCDU Interface

Table 3-10 shows the strapping for the MCDU.

Pin

TP3E

TP3F

MP7G

MP7H

MP7J

MP7K

Table 3-10 MCDU Interface Wiring

Name

MCDU input A

MCDU input B

MCDU 1 input A

MCDU 1 input B

MCDU 1/2 output A

MCDU 1/2 output B

MCDU 2 ARINC Output A

MCDU 2 ARINC Output B

MCDU ARINC Output A

MCDU ARINC Output B

To both MCDU 1 and 2 ARINC Input A

To Both MCDU 1 and 2 ARINC Input B

(l) Call Light Activation Strapping

Table 3-11 shows the configuration strapping for call light activation.

Pin Number

TP4E

Table 3-11 Call Light Activation Configuration Strapping

Name

Call Light Activation

Function

Determines whether the call light illuminates on call activation or initialization. Activation occurs when the GES is responding to the call request, and initialization occurs the moment the call is placed. (1=Activation; 0=Initialization)

(m) Hookswitch Strapping

Table 3-12 shows the configuration strapping for the hookswitch method.

Pin Number

TP2G

Table 3-12 Hookswitch Configuration Strapping

Name

Hookswitch Method

Function

Determines Push To Talk (PTT) or Latched

Mode (0=Latched; 1=PTT)

(n) Priority 4 Call Strapping

Table 3-13 shows the configuration strapping for priority 4 calls.

23-15-30

3-16

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Pin Number

TP4F

Table 3-13 Priority 4 Call Configuration Strapping

Name

Inhibit Priority 4 Calls

Function

Determines whether priority 4 calls are inhibited. When these calls are inhibited, incoming calls at priority 4 are not allowed, and outgoing priority 4 calls are elevated to the next priority and then placed. (1=Uninhibited;

0=Inhibited)

(o) Chime and Light Strapping for Cockpit Voice

Table 3-14 shows the chime and light strapping for cockpit voice.

TP4G

Open

Table 3-14 Chime and Light Strapping for Cockpit Voice

TP4H

Strapped Strapped

Strapped Open

Strapped Flashing

Open

Steady

Lights

Spare

Chime

Multi-stroke (chime sounds every

0.5 to 1 second)

Single-stroke (chime sounds once)

Single-stroke

(3) Connection Details

"Stand-Alone Mode Connection Details" on page 3-18 provides all top, middle, and

bottom plug connection details for Stand-Alone Mode installations.

6. Installation and Engineering Diagrams

This section contains the Outline and Installation diagrams, and Interconnection and Contact

Assignment drawings for HSD-440 terminals.

A. Outline and Installation Diagrams

Figure 3-7, Figure 3-8, Figure 3-9, and Figure 3-10 illustrate the physical characteristics of the HSD-440 terminal and provide installation data for the terminal.

All foldout pages are odd-numbered and not-backed for print production purposes.

B. Interconnection and Contact Assignment Drawings

Figure 3-11 illustrates the interconnection details for HSD-440 terminals.

Figure 3-12 provides the contact assignments for HSD-440 terminals.

All foldout pages are odd-numbered and not-backed for print production purposes.

23-15-30

3-17

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

7. Connection Details

This section includes connection details for the HSD-440 terminal operating in Stand-Alone

Mode.

A. Stand-Alone Mode Connection Details

Table 3-15, Table 3-16, and Table 3-17 show the top, middle, and bottom plug connection

details for HSD-440 terminals operating in Stand-Alone Mode.

Table 3-15 ARINC 600 Top Plug Connection Details

I/O From

Top

Plug

I 1A

I 1B

O 1C

O 1D

Signal Name

CMU 1 Input A

CMU 1 Input B

CMU 1/2 Output A CMU

1 and 2 Tx A

CMU 1/2 Output BCMU

1 and 2 Tx B

CMU 1 TP1A

CMU 1 TP1B

ARINC 615 Data Loader I 1E

I 1F

O 1G

O 1H

ARINC 615 Input A

ARINC 615 Input B

ARINC 615 Output A

ARINC 615 Output B

Description

CMU 1 RX A

CMU 1 RX B

I 1J

O 1K

ARINC 615 Link A

ARINC 615 Link B

(GND)

BSU Top/Port BITE A

(See Note 1)

Mech. Steered Antenna

(MA): BSU, Pin G or W or Other Antenna (OA):

BSU, PORT-W and

Starboard-P

ARINC Tx-HI BITE from

BSU

BSU Top/Port BITE B MA: BSU, Pin H or X, or

OA: BSU, PORT-X and

STBD-R

ARINC Tx-LO BITE from BSU

BSU Starboard (STBD)

BITE A

MA: Not required

OA: BSU, PORT-P and

STBD-W

BSU STBD BITE B MA: Not required

OA: BSU, PORT-R and

STBD-X

ARINC Tx-HI BITE from

BSU

ARINC Tx-LO BITE from BSU

CMC Output A

CMC Output B

Hookswitch method

CMC Input A

CMC Input B

CMC

23-15-30

3-18

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 3-15 ARINC 600 Top Plug Connection Details (Continued)

I/O From

Top

Plug

I 3A

Signal Name To

Top/Port HPA MUTE A MA: Not required

OA: BSU, PORT-G

I 2K

Description

HPA Mute-A, Port BSU

Remote Reset Normally open momentary switch-open side.

(Closed side to MP1F)

Remote System Reset

Top/Port HPA MUTE A MA: Not required

OA: BSU, PORT-H

Top/Port HPA MUTE B MA: Not required

OA: BSU, PORT-H

HPA Mute-A, Port BSU

HPA Mute-B, Port BSU

STBD HPA MUTE A

STBD HPA MUTE B

MA: Not required

OA: BSU, STBD G

MA: Not required

OA: BSU, STBD-H

HPA Mute-A, STBD

BSU

HPA Mute-B, STBD

BSU

Multi-Control A

Multi-Control B

MA: BSU, Pin A or T, or

OA: BSU, PORT-T and

STBD-T

Multi-Control-HI to

HSD-440 terminal and antenna subsystem

MA: BSU, Pin B or U, or

OA: BSU, PORT-U and

STBD-U

Multi-Control-LO to

HSD-440 terminal and antenna subsystem

I 3G

I 3J

I 3K

4A,

4B,

4C,

I 4E

I 4F

WOW 1 TP3G

WOW Program Select TP3J

WOW 2 TP3K

System Config 1 to 4

Call light activation

Priority 4 Calls

4A and 4C=0 (TP7K common), 4B and

4D=1(Open)

Weight On Wheel, as defined in Note 40 of

ARINC 741, Part 1.

Refer to Section 8.D

WOW Pin Wiring

Stand-Alone Mode

Inhibit Priority 4 calls to/from Cockpit. All priority 4 A to G calls will have priority elevated to

I 4G

I 4H

I 4J

I 4K

I 5A

I 5B

Chime/light option MS

Chime/light option LS

IRS-A

IRS-B

SDI 1

SDI 2

Aircraft main IRS

Not connected

SDI common (TP5D)

IRS 429 data, Rx HI

IRS 429 data, Rx LO

HPA Select Code for

HGA

I 5C

I 5D

Spare 1 Input A

SDI Common SDI 2 (TP5B) SDI Common

23-15-30

3-19

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 3-15 ARINC 600 Top Plug Connection Details (Continued)

I/O From

Top

Plug

I 5E

I 5F

I 5G

I 5H

I 5K

I 6B

I 6D

I 6F

I 6H

I 6K

I 7B

I 7D

I 7F

I 7H

Signal Name

ICAO Address, BIT 22

ICAO Address, BIT 21

ICAO Address, BIT 20

ICAO Address, BIT 19

ICAO Address, BIT 18

ICAO Address, BIT 17

ICAO Address, BIT 16

ICAO Address, BIT 15

ICAO Address, BIT 14

ICAO Address, BIT 13

ICAO Address, BIT 12

ICAO Address, BIT 11

ICAO Address, BIT 10

ICAO Address, BIT 9

ICAO Address, BIT 8

ICAO Address, BIT 7

ICAO Address, BIT 6

ICAO Address, BIT 5

ICAO Address, BIT 4

ICAO Address, BIT 3

Spare 1 Input B

ICAO Address, BIT 24 1 = no connection

ICAO Address, BIT 23

0 = common (TP7K)

I 7J

I 7K

ICAO Address, BIT 2

ICAO Address, BIT 1

(MSB)

ICAO Address,

Common

Description

Common GND connection for system and I/O configuration and ICAO ID

23-15-30

3-20

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 3-16 ARINC 600 Middle Plug Connection Details

I 1K

O 2A

I 2B

O 2C

O 2D

I 2E

I 2F

O 2G

I/O From

Middle

Plug

O 1A

I/O

Signal Name To Description

Power LED

Output 1

Fault LED

Output 2

Channel

Available

Switch HI current from chime

Switch LO current to chime

Discrete

Common

Remote status panel

HSD-440 terminal-Power On

(Optional)

HSD-440 terminal-Fault

(Optional)

Discrete Common

Maint Port Tx Maint Port serial data, DB9S-2 Maintenance computer

Maint Port Rx Maint Port serial data, DB9S-3

(laptop/PC), for Remote access

Maint Port

Signal Ground

Maint Port serial data, DB9S-5

CMU 2 Input A CMU 2 TP1A

Data I/O Tx No connection

CMU 2 RX A

Data I/O Rx

SDU data

SCM data

No connection

SCM A

SCM B

SDU A

SCM data

SCM power

+12 V

SCM power return 0 V

Data I/O

Ground

SDU B

SCM

No connection

CMU 2 Input B CMU 2 TP1B

Call light 1 Audio Control Panel

Mic on 1

Chime light inhibit

Place/end 1

MCDU 2 input

Audio Management System

Audio Control Panel

Audio Management System

MCDU 2 J4-27

CMU 2 RX B

MCDU 2 RX A

23-15-30

3-21

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 3-16 ARINC 600 Middle Plug Connection Details (Continued)

I/O 4G to 4K

O 5E

O 5F

I/O 5G to 5K

I 6A

I 6B

O 6C

O 6D

I 6E

I 6F

I/O From

Middle

Plug

I 3F

I/O

Signal Name To Description

MCDU 2 input

MCDU 2 J4-28

Call light 2

Mic on 2

Go-ahead /

Chime reset

Audio Control Panel

MCDU 2 RX B

Future

Place/End 2

POTS 1 TIP 2-wire Analog Phone TIP

(RJ-11, Pin 4)

POTS 1 RING 2-wire Analog Phone RING

(RJ-11, Pin 3)

POTS 2 TIP 2-wire Analog Phone TIP

(RJ-11, Pin 4)

Future

POTS Line 1

POTS Line 2

POTS 2 RING 2-wire Analog Phone RING

(RJ-11, Pin 3)

Input audio 1 HI Cockpit Headset Microphone

Cockpit Voice

Microphone

Input audio 1

HLO

Cockpit Headset Microphone

Reserved

Future CEPT-E1 RX+

CEPT-E1 RX-

CEPT-E1 TX+

CEPT-E1 TX-

Audio 1 HI

Audio 1 LO

ISDN Rx+

ISDN Rx -

ISDN Tx+

ISDN Tx-

Audio 2 HI

Audio 2 LO

Cockpit Headset Speaker HI Cockpit Voice Speaker

Cockpit Headset Speaker LO

ISDN, RJ45-3

ISDN, RJ45-6

ISDN, RJ45-4

ISDN, RJ45-5

Reserved

User data, ISDN-1

Refer to "User

Interfaces" on page 3-12

Future

23-15-30

3-22

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 3-16 ARINC 600 Middle Plug Connection Details (Continued)

I/O From

Middle

Plug

O 6G

I/O

7E to 7K

Signal Name To Description

10BASE-T Tx+ Ethernet 10BASE-T

RJ45, Pin 1

10BASE-T Tx- Ethernet 10BASE-T

RJ45, Pin 2

10BASE-T Rx+ Ethernet 10BASE-T

RJ45, Pin 3

10BASE-T Rx- Ethernet 10BASE-T

RJ45, Pin 6

Port 2

User data

Ethernet 10BASE-T

10BASE-T Tx+ Ethernet 10BASE-T, RJ45-1 Port 1

10BASE-T Tx- Ethernet 10BASE-T, RJ45-2

User data

Ethernet 10BASE-T

10BASE-T Rx+ Ethernet 10BASE-T, RJ45-3

10BASE-T Rx- Ethernet 10BASE-T, RJ45-6

Reserved

RF Tx Output Antenna subsystem-DLNA or

HPR-J

Coaxial cable, RF

Transmit

I/O

BP2

BP3

BP8

Table 3-17 ARINC 600 Bottom Plug Connection Details

From

Bottom

Plug

Signal Name To

+28 V dc HOT Aircraft Power Source, HOT

+28 V dc return

GND

Aircraft Power Source, return

Chassis GND Aircraft Ground

Description

+28 V dc supply

BP1

BP7

BP12

115 V ac HOT

115 V ac COLD

RF Rx Input

Aircraft Power Source, HOT

Aircraft Power Source, COLD

Antenna subsystem-DLNA

Aircraft Chassis

Ground

115 V ac 400 Hz supply

Coaxial cable, RF

Receive

23-15-30

3-23

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Blank Page

23-15-30

3-24

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Figure 3-7 (Sheet 1). HSD-440 Terminal Outline and Installation Diagram

(1252-E-3400, Rev B)

23-15-30

3-25

16 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Blank Page

23-15-30

3-26

16 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Figure 3-8 (Sheet 2). HSD-440 Terminal Outline and Installation Diagram

(1252-E-3400, Rev B)

23-15-30

3-27

16 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Blank Page

23-15-30

3-28

16 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Figure 3-9 (Sheet 1). HSD-440 Terminal Outline and Installation Diagram

(1252-E-3420, Rev B)

23-15-30

3-29

16 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Blank Page

23-15-30

3-30

16 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Figure 3-10 (Sheet 2). HSD-440 Terminal Outline and Installation Diagram

(1252-E-3420, Rev B)

23-15-30

3-31

16 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Blank Page

23-15-30

3-32

16 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Figure 3-11 (Sheet 1). HSD-440 Terminal Interconnection and Contact Assignment Drawing

(1252-B-3110, Rev D)

23-15-30

3-33

16 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Blank Page

23-15-30

3-34

16 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Figure 3-12. (Sheet 2). HSD-440 Terminal Interconnection and Contact Assignment Drawing

(1252-B-3110, Rev D)

23-15-30

3-35

16 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Blank Page

23-15-30

3-36

16 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

TEST AND FAULT ISOLATION

This section provides the information required to determine the operational readiness of the

HSD-440 terminals and aid service personnel in diagnosing system faults, including the following sections:

•

Operational and Diagnostic Testing

•

Troubleshooting and Fault Isolation

•

Adjustment/Alignment Procedures

•

Modification History

The operational and diagnostic tests described in this section require using the HSD-440 terminals built-in diagnostic tool referred to as the HSD-440 terminal MPU. This section provides detailed descriptions of the HSD-440 terminal MPU menus, reports, and basic user

instructions. See "Cabling Notes" on page 4-3 for maintenance port cabling notes.

NOTE: Depending on the version of software installed, the MPU report and menu screens displayed may differ from those shown as examples in this manual.

1. Operational and Diagnostic Testing

A. General

Usually, terminals require testing for one of the following reasons:

• To verify the operational readiness of the terminal during and after installation on an aircraft

• To verify that a fault exists and produce system reports for troubleshooting purposes

• To verify the operational readiness of repaired LRUs during re-installation on an aircraft

This section includes test and fault isolation procedures for the HSD-440 terminals. All test and load procedures require the HSD-440 terminal MPU, which is accessed by connecting to the maintenance port of the terminal.

B. Test and Fault Isolation Equipment Requirements

Table 4-1 lists the equipment required to access the HSD-440 terminal MPU and perform

operational and diagnostic testing and software loads on the HSD-440 terminal.

23-15-30

4-1

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 4-1 List of Required Test Equipment

Computer

Item Equipment

Standard

Specification

VT-100 386 CPU, 20 MHz or higher

VT-100 terminal emulation program

HyperTerminal©,

ProComm Plus©, or equivalent

Serial communication program using an RS-232 port

Cable, maintenance port interface cable

Special

See "Connection

Requirements" on page 4-3

Remote access maximum cable length 25 ft. (From ARINC 600 connector to DB9 breakout connector)

Front Panel access maximum cable length 50 ft.

Multimeter Standard

General purpose toolset Standard

–

Quantity

Table 4-2 lists the optional equipment or information that, although not required, may

increase test efficiency or allow for optional diagnostic procedures. Equivalent substitutions may be used.

Table 4-2 List of Optional Test Equipment

Service Provider Information

Package

Item

Internet access

Equipment

Special

Standard

Specification

Inmarsat service provider

Time Domain Refectometer Standard

Inmarsat Swift64 high-speed data

–

Quantity

C. Terminal MPU

This section describes the HSD-440 terminal MPU and provides the connection and cabling details required to access and use the program.

(1) General Overview

The MPU, built into the HSD-440 terminal's operational software, provides a system interface for fault isolation and diagnostic procedures. Connection to this program is made through the RS-232 maintenance port interface.

To use the HSD-440 terminal MPU, an RS-232, VT-100 terminal (PC or laptop operating a terminal emulation program) must be connected to the HSD-440 terminal.

The maintenance port on the front panel of HSD-440 terminals provides a direct connection to the HSD-440 terminal MPU using a DB25 connector. Optionally, remote cabin access is possible using a DB9 connector via the ARINC 600 connector.

23-15-30

4-2

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

(2) Connection Requirements

This section describes specific cabling requirements needed to connect to and use the HSD-440 terminal MPU.

(a) Cabling Notes

The HSD-440 terminals provide two options for physical connection to the

HSD-440 terminal maintenance port and MPU: direct connection and remote connection.

Table 4-3, Table 4-4, Figure 4-1, and Figure 4-2 provide cabling details for the

HSD-440 terminal for both direct and remote connection types. Select one of these connection options to access the HSD-440 terminal MPU.

NOTE: The direct and remote connection points to the HSD-440 terminal maintenance port cannot be used simultaneously.

Pin Definition

Maint Port SGND

Maint Port Rx

Maint Port Tx

Table 4-3 Remote Connection Cabling

Remote Access

ARINC

Connector

(Rear)

Remote (DB9)

(MP1J)

(MP1H)

(MP1G)

Cable

(See Figure 4-1)

Computer

(DB9P)

Table 4-4 Direct Connection Cabling

Pin Definition

Maint Port SGND

Maint Port Rx

Direct Connection

Front Panel

Maintenance

Cable

Connector

(DB25P)

Cable

(See Figure 4-2)

Maint Port Tx 11 11

Computer

(DB9P)

(b) Maintenance Port Cable Assembly

HSD-440 terminal maintenance cable connections may vary in length, type of connection used, and connector pin callouts, depending on the access point used.

The cable assembly for HSD-440 terminals assumes that the computer's COM port interface is a 9-Pin, D-Sub connector (DB9). Cable assembly details for

HSD-440 terminals are presented in Figure 4-1 and Figure 4-2.

NOTE: The maximum cable length, shown in Figure 4-1 and Figure 4-2,

assumes that the length is measured from the ARINC 600 connector to the DB9 breakout connector.

23-15-30

4-3

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Figure 4-1 Remote Connection, Maintenance Cable

Figure 4-2 Direct Connection, Maintenance Cable

A standard VT100 compatible terminal running an emulator program (such as

HyperTerminal, ProComm Plus, or similar) provides the user interface to the

HSD-440 terminal MPU. The RS-232 terminal connection settings for HSD-440

terminal maintenance ports are listed in Table 4-5.

Table 4-5 Terminal Connection Settings

Parameter

Character Format

Baud Rate

ASCII

19200 bps

Setting

23-15-30

4-4

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 4-5 Terminal Connection Settings (Continued)

Parameter

No. of bits

Parity

Stop bits

Flow Control

None

Setting

(3) Accessing the MPU

Access to the MPU menus is password protected. Each password permits access to a different level of the program.

This document describes End User and Field Representative access levels for operational testing and verification, software updates, and the basic system monitoring and troubleshooting procedures provided in this manual.

(a) Level 1 End User Access—Password: menu

This limited-access level is for anyone without technical training on the product.

It provides read-only access to help users diagnose problems with the assistance of product support personnel.

(b) Level 2 Field Representative Access—Password: maint

This level is for trained original equipment manufacturer (OEM) installers and product support personnel. This access level supports read and limited write capabilities. Users are able to disable, mask, or clear faults, change satellite or

LES preferences, view and modify certain EEPROM parameters, and perform other maintenance or upgrade functions.

(4) Using the Terminal MPU

This section describes the basic procedures for using and navigating the HSD-440 terminal MPU.

(a) Entering Passwords

• For untrained users, use Level 1 access: type menu .

• For trained technicians and product support personnel, use Level 2 access: type maint .

NOTE: The password does not appear on the screen when you type it.

(b) Navigating the Terminal MPU

• To scroll through the available menus, press CTRL+N.

• To go to the previous menu, press CTRL+O.

• To refresh the menu screen or exit from a Reports Menu, press ESC.

To enable test or data entry functions, press the letter associated with the menu items. When a menu item is selected, the application may prompt you for additional inputs or selections.

23-15-30

4-5

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

(d) Selecting Reports

The reports available through the MPU enable users to view information about the configuration and status of the HSD-440 terminal. This information is used to troubleshoot the communication system on the aircraft.

1. To open the list of possible system reports, press EQUAL SIGN.

A list of reports appears. Active reports show as toggled on. Inactive reports show as toggled off.

To activate a report, type the report number, and then press ENTER.

NOTE: Multiple reports can be activated at the same time; type and enter each report number separately.

To turn off individual, active reports, type the report number you want to toggle off, and then press ENTER.

To turn off all active reports, press EQUAL SIGN, and then press X.

(5) Menu Item Descriptions

This section provides a brief description of the Level 2, MPU menu items used for test and fault isolation procedures.

Although this section only provides illustrations and descriptions for Level 2 access, all Level 1 access menu items are covered. (All Level 1 menus are included in Level

2 Menus.)

In active HSD-440 terminals, menu screens display the firmware version.

NOTE: Depending on the version of software installed and the system configuration, the menu and reports available to users may differ slightly from the illustrations shown and described in this document.

(a) Menu 1

Figure 4-3 shows the HSD-440 terminal MPU Menu 1 screen display. Table 4-6

describes the items available in Menu 1.

MENU 1 FIRMWARE Vx.x

X override forward id/ICAO address L test LEDs

Y explain error status U list event log (hex)

F print equipment stats M clear equipment stats

<CTRL> N next menu <CTRL> O previous menu = select reports

Figure 4-3 Menu 1 Screen Display

23-15-30

4-6

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 4-6 Menu 1 Item Descriptions

Menu Item

X: override forward id/ICAO address

Description

Used in testing and fault isolation.

Enter a test or alternate FWD ID or ICAO ID to use during fault isolation procedures. Resetting the HSD-440 terminal or cycling the power cancels this function.

Y: explain error status Reports error status when failure LED is illuminated.

F: print equipment stats

Prints a list of the current equipment statistics.

L: test LEDs Toggles the Power On (LED 1) and Fault (LED 2) LEDs on (A) and off (D) or returns them to software control (X).

U: list event log

M: clear equipment stats

Lists the current event log.

Resets the equipment statistics. (See Item F.)

(b) Menu 2

Figure 4-4 shows the HSD-440 terminal MPU Menu 2 screen display. Table 4-7

describes the items available in Menu 2.

MENU 2 FIRMWARE Vx.x

A set veh-relative azimuth E set veh-relative elevation

K desired az veh-rel velocity R resume automatic steering

T enter time of day N annotate log file

L re-enter logon password V get firmware versions

Z reset S set satellite longitude

<CTRL> N next menu <CTRL> O previous menu = select reports

Figure 4-4 Menu 2 Screen Display

Menu Item

Table 4-7 Menu 2 Item Descriptions

Description

NOTE: Menu 2 selections E and K are used to manually input navigational data to point the antenna to a preferred satellite location and/or peak for maximum signal reception. These commands are typically used where no IRS data is available.

A: set veh-relative azimuth

Antenna azimuth pointing offset with reference to the front centerline of the aircraft.

Offset value entered in degrees from 0 to 180, where a positive entry is clockwise (cw) and a negative entry is counterclockwise (ccw).

23-15-30

4-7

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 4-7 Menu 2 Item Descriptions (Continued)

Menu Item

K: desired az veh-rel velocity

Description

Activates continuous antenna azimuth sweep at a set elevation, as entered with menu item E.

Azimuth sweep velocity entered as deg/sec value.

T: enter time of day

NOTE: When combined with a signal-monitoring reports selection, sweep the antenna for maximum signal strength to determine optimum location coordinates.

Permits the entry of date and time for initial one-time setting of the Real Time Clock.

Permits a user to enter a new access level password: menu or maint.

L: re-enter logon password

Z: reset

E: set veh-relative elevation

Enables a complete, soft reset of the LRU; once reset, the menu access password must be re-entered.

Antenna elevation pointing offset with respect to the aircraft horizontal rest position; i.e., assumed to have no pitch or roll offset.

Offset value entered in degrees from 0 to 90.

Re-activates programmed automatic antenna-steering in both azimuth and elevation.

R: resume automatic steering

N: annotate log file Allows for input of text into a log file.

This feature can be used to document information such as test conditions, system or aircraft identification, or any pertinent information for later review.

V: get firmware versions Displays the system Kernel and Application software versions, and the channel card(s) and HPA firmware revisions.

S: set satellite longitude Sets the satellite longitude.

Figure 4-5 shows the HSD-440 terminal MPU Menu 3 screen display. Table 4-8

describes the items available in Menu 3. Figure 4-6 shows the Menu 3, Item M:

Miscellaneous parameters screen display. Table 4-9 describes the items

available in Menu 3, Item M.

MENU 3 FIRMWARE Vx.x

L list EEPROM S list event log

C clear event log M misc. EEPROM parameter

F list call log G clear call log

O list ORT P ocean region parameter

I set all LES id's H list SCM/CP ORT

K set CP ORT parameter R copy CP ORT to SCM

<CTRL> N next menu <CTRL> O previous menu = select reports

Figure 4-5 Menu 3 Screen Display

23-15-30

4-8

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Menu Item

L: list EEPROM

C: clear event log

F: list call log

Table 4-8 Menu 3 Item Descriptions

Description

Displays a list of all system EEPROM parameters and their corresponding values (this function is READ only).

Certain parameters are set using Menu 3, item M selection.

Clears all events and system fault codes stored in non-volatile RAM.

Displays call log files for HSD-440 terminal. When selected, three options are available:

• To display complete list of all log files, press F.

• To list extended EIRP trace data, press X.

O: list ORT

• To list all remaining entries, press PERIOD.

Displays all Data I/O parameters and Ocean Region parameters.

Configures all ORs to the same LES access code.

I: set all LES id's

K: set CP ORT parameter Sets user configurable ORT options in the control processor ORT.

S: list event log Lists all events stored in non-volatile RAM.

When selected, several options are available:

• 0 displays the most recent saved entry.

• S displays next most recent entry saved.

• PERIOD displays all remaining logged entries.

M: misc. EEPROM parameter

• 1 displays special events (does not include ORR entries).

Enables entry or entry changes to some EEPROM parameters.

G: clear call log Clears call log files for HSD-440 terminal.

P: ocean region parameter Configures LES access codes for individual ORs.

H: list SCM/CP ORT Lists the values contained in either the SCM or the CP ORT.

R: copy CP ORT to SCM Copies values stored in the CP ORT to the SCM.

23-15-30

4-9

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

1 HPA-TO-ANTENNA TOTAL LOSS 20 CARD 1 IP ADDRESS

2 FORWARD ID 21 CARD 2 IP ADDRESS

3 GPS PROTECTION ALGORITHMS 22 TRANSMIT IF WEIGHT-ON-WHEELS

10 NUMBER OF CHANNEL CARDS 29 DEFAULT LATITUDE

11 FRONT PANEL LEDS ENABLED 30 DEFAULT LONGITUDE

14 MAINTENANCE PORT INVERSE VIDEO 31 OBEY OXCO STATUS

15 MAINTENANCE PORT DEGREES SYMBOL 42 HCM AERO/M4 PRIORITIZATION

16 TERMINAL CATEGORY 45 CATEGORY B LOWER FREQUENCY LIMIT

WHICH PARAMETER # <CTRL> N for next page ?

46 CATEGORY B UPPER FREQUENCY LIMIT 58 QUAL PA BACKOFF

51 SDU INPUT POWER OFFSET 59 CLASSIC AERO MANUAL BOOT

52 OUTPUT POWER COUPLING CONST 60 CH CARD GATEWAY ADDRESS

53 REFLECTED POWER COUPLING CONST 61 IMEI KEY

54 REFLECTED POWER SLOPE 62 SDU-TO-PA GAIN

55 REFLECTED POWER INTERCEPT 63 CARD 1 SUBNET ADDRESS

56 PSU CURRENT SLOPE 64 CARD 2 SUBNET ADDRESS

57 PSU CURRENT INTERCEPT 65 AIR/GROUND BEHAVIOUR

WHICH PARAMETER # <CTRL> N for next page ?

Figure 4-6 Menu 3—Item M: Miscellaneous Parameters

Table 4-9 Menu 3, Item M EEPROM Parameter Descriptions

Parameter

Number

Parameter Name

HPA-to-Antenna

Total Loss

Forward ID

Description

Defines transmit coaxial cable loss from the

HSD-440 terminal at MPC1 to the antenna, including the DLNA loss—maximum is 2.5 dB (includes DLNA loss of 0.8 dB).

Entry required as the ICAO address is strapped.

Refer to "Installation" on page 3-1 for strapping

details.

GPS protection algorithms

Disables the GPS algorithms the HSD-440 terminal uses to prevent calls from interfering with the GPS navigational system on the aircraft.

Number of channel cards

Selects the number of channel cards for which the system is configured.

Front panel LEDs enabled

Maintenance port inverse video

Future consideration is provided for additional LEDs, beyond the two currently activated—default is 2.

Enables a selected report to be highlighted in Inverse

Video when it is activated—default is 1 (activated).

23-15-30

4-10

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 4-9 Menu 3, Item M EEPROM Parameter Descriptions (Continued)

Parameter

Number

Parameter Name

Maintenance port degrees symbol

Description

Offers a choice of displaying the letter D or the degree symbol ° when viewing the lat/long information displayed in the Reports output:

• Select 0 to use the letter D; e.g., 180.0 D.

• Select 1 to use a degree symbol °; e.g., 180.0°.

Terminal category Offers an LRU configuration choice of the following:

• 1 for Stand-Alone

• 2 for HW Strapping

Default is 2 (where hardware is read on power-up).

Card 1 IP Address IP address of channel card 1.

Transmit if

Weight-on-Wheels

Default Latitude

Allows the system to transmit when it is on the ground.

Allows user to enter a default latitude value.

Reset the HSD-440 terminal to activate revised default values.

Default Longitude Allows user to enter a default longitude value.

Reset the HSD-440 terminal to activate revised default values.

Obey OXCO status Prevents system operation until OCXO is warmed up

(unless overridden).

Use parameter setting to override warm-up during testing procedures.

HCM Aero/M4 prioritization

Category B lower frequency limit

Not applicable for HSD-440 terminal Stand-Alone operation

Not applicable for HSD-440 terminal Stand-Alone operation.

Category B upper frequency limit

SDU input power offset

Output power coupling const

Reflected power coupling const

Not applicable for HSD-440 terminal Stand-Alone operation.

Not modifiable by the end-user in any mode of operation.

Reflected power slope

Reflected power intercept

Not modifiable by the end-user in any mode of operation.

PSU current slope Not modifiable by the end-user in any mode of operation.

23-15-30

4-11

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 4-9 Menu 3, Item M EEPROM Parameter Descriptions (Continued)

Parameter

Number

Parameter Name

PSU current intercept

Qual PA backoff

Classic AERO manual boot

Ch card gateway address

IMEI key

SDU-to-PA gain

Description

Not modifiable by the end-user in any mode of operation.

Subnet address of channel card 1.

Card 1 subnet address

Air/ground behaviour

Determines the function of WOW strapping.

(d) Menu 4

Figure 4-7 shows the HSD-440 terminal MPU Menu 4 screen display. Table 4-10

describes the items available in Menu 4.

MENU 4 FIRMWARE Vx.x

Q channel card forward ID's O set Ocean Region

S change spot beam J toggle ISDN connection

M report MUX stats

<CTRL> N next menu <CTRL> O previous menu = select reports

Figure 4-7 Menu 4 Screen Display

23-15-30

4-12

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 4-10 Menu 4 Item Descriptions

Menu Item

Q: channel card forward IDs

Item Description

Enables viewing of channel cards 1 and 2 FWD IDs and ICAO address.

S: change spot beam

O: set Ocean

Region

Enables manual selection of specific spot beams independently assigned for each channel card.

M: report MUX stats Not applicable:

Used for engineering debugging purposes only.

Allows for manual selection of satellite ORs:

AORW:0

AORE:1

POR:2

IOR:3

To revert to programmed selection, type -1 , and then press ENTER for AUTO selection.

(e) Menu 10

Menu 10 items are used to manually enter INS parameters to simulate the INS data required for HSD-440 terminal operation when INS data is unavailable.

Figure 4-8 shows the HSD-440 terminal MPU Menu 10 screen display.

Table 4-11 describes the items available in Menu 10.

MENU 10 FIRMWARE Vx.x

L simul INS lat G simul INS long

H simul INS heading T simul INS true track

P simul INS pitch R simul INS roll

S simul INS speed Q simul INS altitude

A activate INS simul words C simul port ACU status

B simul sb ACU status M activate antenna status words

N deactivate antenna status words D toggle active antenna

X deactivate INS simul words

<CTRL> N next menu <CTRL> O previous menu = select reports

Figure 4-8 Menu 10 Screen Display

23-15-30

4-13

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 4-11 Menu 10 Item Descriptions

Menu Item

L: simul INS lat

Description

Simulates a latitude by overriding the data received from the aircraft INS.

H: simul INS heading Simulates aircraft heading by overriding the data received from the aircraft INS.

P: simul INS pitch Simulates aircraft pitch by overriding the data received from the aircraft INS.

S: simul INS speed Simulates aircraft speed by overriding the data received from the aircraft INS.

A: activate INS simul words

Activates all input simulate parameters, overriding the INS data received from the aircraft.

Lat and Long values from the EEPROM values set in Menu 3.

B: simul sb ACU status

N: deactivate antenna status words

X: deactivate INS simul words

G: simul INS long

T: simul INS true track

R: simul INS roll

Enter the Starboard antenna gain in dB and the message rate in

Hz.

De-activates all set antenna status words.

De-activates all simulated parameters reverting the HSD-440 terminal back to using the INS data received from the aircraft.

Simulates aircraft longitude by overriding the data received from the aircraft INS.

Simulates true track by overriding the data received from the aircraft INS.

Simulates aircraft roll by overriding the data received from the aircraft INS.

Q: simul INS altitude Simulates aircraft altitude by overriding the data received from the aircraft INS.

C: simul port ACU status

Enter both the port antenna gain in dB and the message rate in Hz.

M: activate antenna status words

Activates all set antenna status words.

D: toggle active antenna

Changes the current simulated active antenna. Choose Starboard, port, or automatic. Note that this change will only take effect if antenna status words are activated using menu item M.

(f) Menu 13

Menu 13 items are used to query and debug the data I/O card.

Figure 4-9 shows the HSD-440 terminal MPU Menu 13 screen display.

Table 4-12 describes the items available in Menu 13.

23-15-30

4-14

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

MENU 13 FIRMWARE Vx.x

T query DATA IO elapsed time V query DATA IO version

S query DATA IO services D DATA IO test

F DATA IO fault logging level X DATA IO console mode

G print DATA IO call database

<CTRL> N next menu <CTRL> O previous menu = select reports

Figure 4-9 Menu 13 Screen Display

Table 4-12 Menu 13 Item Descriptions

Menu Item

T: query DATA IO elapsed time

Description

Displays the time (in seconds) since the last data I/O reset.

S: query DATA IO services Displays active interfaces.

F: DATA IO fault logging level

G: print DATA IO call database

Sets the level of minimum severity of events that are reported to the data I/O card.

Displays the calls made and recorded in the data I/O database.

V: query DATA IO version Displays the firmware version of the data I/O card.

D: DATA IO test Tests individual interfaces of the data I/O.

X: DATA IO console mode Opens a virtual TTY session to the data I/O maintenance port on the HSD-440 terminal.

(g) Menu 14

Menu 14 items are used only by professional installers for debugging and clarifying call routing issues.

Figure 4-10 shows the HSD-440 terminal MPU Menu 14 screen display.

MENU 14 FIRMWARE Vx.x

N num entries in call table L list call table

T get call table

<CTRL> N next menu <CTRL> O previous menu = select reports

Figure 4-10 Menu 14 Screen Display

(h) Menu 15

Figure 4-11 shows the HSD-440 terminal MPU Menu 15 screen display.

Table 4-13 describes the items available in Menu 15.

23-15-30

4-15

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

MENU 15 FIRMWARE Vx.x

V request channel card versions D channel card serial number

B channel card RSSI mode G A_TI query

W request burst counter

<CTRL> N next menu <CTRL> O previous menu = select reports

Figure 4-11 Menu 15 Screen Display

Table 4-13 Menu 15 Item Descriptions

Menu Item

V: request channel card versions

Item Description

Displays software versions for a selected channel card.

B: channel card RSSI mode

Places the channel card in Received Signal Strength Indicator mode.

As requested, enter the channel number, the OR, the channel type, and the RSSI period in milliseconds.

W: request burst counter

Displays the burst counter information.

D: channel card serial number

Displays the serial number of the selected channel card.

G: A_TI query Manually sends an A_TI query to the requested channel card to check on the alive/dead status of the channel card processors.

As requested, enter a channel card number and service type to query.

(i) Menu 21

Figure 4-12 shows the HSD-440 terminal MPU Menu 21 screen display.

Table 4-14 describes the items available in Menu 21.

MENU 21 FIRMWARE Vx.x

P get channel card ethernet parms I get channel card IMEI key

B request SBB configuration

<CTRL> N next menu <CTRL> O previous menu = select reports

Figure 4-12 Menu 21 Screen Display

23-15-30

4-16

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 4-14 Menu 21 Item Descriptions

Menu Item

P: get channel card ethernet parms

Item Description

Displays the Ethernet parameters of the channel card, including the MAC address, the IP address, the gateway

IP address, the host name, the DHCP status, and the

DHCP server IP address.

B: request SBB configuration

Displays the SwiftBroadband configuration.

I: get channel card IMEI key Displays the IMEI key of the channel card.

(6) Report Descriptions

When testing or troubleshooting the HSD-440 terminal, monitoring real-time system

data is sometimes required. Figure 4-13 shows all the reports potentially available to

a Level 2 user.

Most reports are used for factory debugging purposes only. This document describes only the reports typically used in the field for operational and fault isolation testing.

NOTE: Depending on the version of software installed, the MPU reports displayed

may differ from those shown in Figure 4-13.

23-15-30

4-17

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

1 OFF OFF messages to card #1 13 OFF messages to card #2

2 OFF OFF hex output to card #1 14 OFF hex output to card #2

3 OFF OFF responses from card #1 15 OFF responses from card #2

4 OFF OFF hex input from card #1 16 OFF hex input from card #2

5 OFF OFF card #1 misc info 17 OFF card #2 misc info

6 OFF sb antenna arinc input 18 OFF port antenna arinc input

7 OFF sb antenna maintenance word 19 OFF port antenna maintenance word

8 OFF sb antenna status word 20 OFF port antenna status word

9 OFF channel card call status 21 OFF call codes

10 OFF channel card THA codes 22 OFF spot beam selection

11 OFF channel card errors 23 OFF standard output

12 OFF INS input 24 OFF doppler, antenna az/el

Enter 1 thru 167 to toggle report on/off

X turn off all reports <CTRL> N show next page S save to EEPROM

ESC return to PREVIOUS MENU

25 OFF HPA arinc i/o 39 OFF combined-mode debugging

27 OFF HPA/channel card backoffs 40 OFF enthusiastic combined-mode debug

28 OFF miscellaneous digital inputs 41 OFF delta combined-mode debugging

29 OFF channel card A_AM msgs 43 OFF sdu path cable calibration

30 OFF multi-control arinc bus 44 OFF hpa calibration (gain droop)

31 OFF ocean region info 45 OFF combined mode ocean region debug

32 OFF hex input from data i/o 46 OFF hpa resets

33 OFF hex output to data i/o 47 OFF channel card temperature

34 OFF input from data i/o 48 OFF hexadecimal INS input

35 OFF changes in multi-control bus 49 OFF main loop latency

36 OFF unit test call setup 50 OFF main loop timing

38 OFF combined-mode power allotment 51 OFF one second tick

Enter 1 thru 167 to toggle report on/off

X turn off all reports <CTRL> N show next page S save to EEPROM

ESC return to PREVIOUS MENU

52 OFF extended call codes 76 OFF HSD-X arinc messages

54 OFF multi-control time and date 77 OFF HSD-X net configuration

60 OFF OFF debug channel card power 78 OFF vt100 eirp/power

61 OFF non-zero channel card power 79 OFF dialtone debugging

62 OFF m4 availability status 86 OFF Channel card rx attenuation

64 OFF channel card frequencies 87 OFF interworking report

65 OFF enthusiastic messages from HPA 89 OFF debug call teardown

66 OFF channel card boot sequence 90 OFF debug cc backoff

67 OFF debug honeywell combined mode 91 OFF HSD frequencies

68 OFF CFDS debugging 92 OFF intermod debugging

69 OFF vt100 scenario 93 OFF spot beam debugging

72 OFF DATA I/O events 94 OFF vt100 channel card info

Enter 1 thru 167 to toggle report on/off

X turn off all reports <CTRL> N show next page S save to EEPROM

ESC return to PREVIOUS MENU

23-15-30

4-18

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

95 OFF vt100 debugging 117 OFF output to data i/o (ascii)

96 OFF INS data rate 118 OFF channel card rf loopback

107 OFF unusual channel card msgs 119 OFF I2C controller i/o

108 OFF channel card rf pwr detect 120 OFF I2C controller hex i/o

109 OFF channel card power SU's 121 OFF I2C slave status

110 OFF underdraft debugging 122 OFF I2C miscellaneous input

111 OFF miscellaneous digital outputs 123 OFF enthusiastic backoff

112 OFF arinc labels 124 OFF PA mute debugging

113 OFF channel card sw loads 125 OFF PA BITE status

114 OFF all channel card THA codes 126 OFF calibrated power detectors

115 OFF OCXO state toggles 127 OFF power supply dc current

116 OFF DATA I/O passthrough mode 128 OFF VSWR monitoring

Enter 1 thru 167 to toggle report on/off

X turn off all reports <CTRL> N show next page S save to EEPROM

ESC return to PREVIOUS MENU

129 OFF I2C output to PA 142 OFF lo-level W'burg labels from CMU

130 OFF I2C temperature sensors 143 OFF next W'burg LDU

131 OFF duart channel hex input 144 OFF W'burg state changes

133 OFF LES access codes 145 OFF all input from CMU (hex)

134 OFF MCDU #1 arinc input 146 OFF periodic messages from CMU

135 OFF MCDU #2 arinc input 147 OFF arinc hex output to CMU

136 OFF arinc output to MCDU 148 OFF USIM heater control

137 OFF MCDU state machine 149 OFF AERO logging text -- no SU

138 OFF ascii digital inputs 150 OFF ACARS P-channel RX data

139 OFF W'burg messages to CMU 151 OFF all AERO SUs

140 OFF W'burg messages from CMU (hex) 152 OFF AERO msg acks

141 OFF W'burg messages from CMU 154 OFF non-periodic msgs to aero card

Enter 1 thru 167 to toggle report on/off

X turn off all reports <CTRL> N show next page S save to EEPROM

ESC return to PREVIOUS MENU

155 OFF AES status table queries 167 OFF max 615 debugging

156 OFF MCDU driver errors

157 OFF ADC raw values 1 OFF OFF messages to card #1

158 OFF classic AERO call progress 2 OFF OFF hex output to card #1

159 OFF AES status 3 OFF OFF responses from card #1

160 OFF AERO SUs for this terminal 4 OFF OFF hex input from card #1

161 OFF 1252-A-3400 status 5 OFF OFF card #1 misc info

162 OFF vt100 mcdu 6 OFF sb antenna arinc input

163 OFF periodic messages to CMU 7 OFF sb antenna maintenance word

164 OFF enthusiastic digital inputs 8 OFF sb antenna status word

165 OFF 615 data loader upgrades 9 OFF channel card call status

166 OFF 615 data loader debugging 10 OFF channel card THA codes

Figure 4-13 HSD-440 Terminal MPU Reports

23-15-30

4-19

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

(7) Activating Maintenance Reports

In Level 1 menu access, report 23 (standard output) is automatically generated when the EQUAL SIGN is pressed. Once activated, the report data output is repeated on the computer display at one-second intervals.

Level 2 maintenance access provides more flexibility in the use of the reports function.

This access level permits the activation or deactivation of any one of the reports

(toggle on and off).

(a) Reports General Guidelines

• To open the report menu, press EQUAL SIGN.

• To activate a report, type the number of the report needed, and then press

ENTER. This toggles on the report number entered. To toggle the report off, type the report number again, and then press ENTER.

• To disable all reports (toggles all reports off), press X.

• To display the next group of reports, press CTRL+N.

• To save all selected reports to EEPROM, press S. The selected reports will then be output automatically when the maintenance port is accessed. If the items selected are not saved, they are de-activated when the system is reset or power is cycled to the terminal.

• To start the scrolling report display, press ESC (in Level 2 access only). To return to the menu selection screen, press ESC again.

(b) Report Descriptions

Not all the reports are used in the testing or troubleshooting of the system. This section describes only the more commonly used reports.

1. Report 23

Report 23 is the most comprehensive report, giving an overall general impression of the HSD-440 terminal health. An example of the contents of

report 23 is shown in Figure 4-14. Table 4-15 provides a brief description of

the parameters. Each distinct parameter is numbered for description purposes.

17:12:40 dop 0 ppb az 112.2 deg el 12.2 deg AORE ant gain 12.0 (sbd)

CHAN #1: C/No=51.5 dB Hz sig=-32.2 dB 41.5 C speech beam=4

CHAN #2: C/No=51.6 dB Hz sig=-32.9 dB 41.5 C no call beam=5

CHAN #3: C/No=49.3 dB Hz sig=-26.2 dB 40.0 C log on beam=4

CHAN #4: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz sig= -0.0 dB 40.5 C no call beam=4

45D0'0.0"N 75D0'0.2"W PT 0.0D RL 0.0D HD 0.0D TK 0.0D 0 knots 0 ft

Figure 4-14 Example of Report 23 Output

23-15-30

4-20

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 4-15 Report 23 Item Descriptions

Report 23

Item Number

Description

IRS lat/long as interpreted by the HSD-440 terminal

Aircraft pitch angle, where UP is positive

Aircraft roll angle, where clockwise is positive

Aircraft true heading; where the nose of the aircraft is pointing, based on yaw offset

Aircraft true track; direction the aircraft is flying—not necessarily the direction it is pointing (see note below)

Aircraft velocity

Time based on the system real time clock

Doppler frequency offset; increases with velocity (see note below)

Antenna azimuth pointing to the satellite, with respect to the nose of the aircraft

Antenna elevation angle to the satellite, with respect to the horizontal position of the aircraft

OR to which the system is logged on

Reported antenna gain for the selected antenna: Starboard (sbd) or port

(p/t)

Indicates the channel card for which results 14 to 17 relate

RF input Carrier-to-Noise (C/No) level; typically 50.0 to 55.0

RF input signal level; not to exceed 0 when in-call

HSD-440 terminal channel card temperature

System call status indicates it is logged on or off for channel 3

Satellite beam on which the card is registered

NOTE: When the aircraft is stationary, the field may appear as a series of asterisks (*).

2. Reports 5 and 17

Report 5 displays information for channel card 1, and report 17 displays information for channel card 2.

These reports are commonly used for testing and troubleshooting the system and are only available to Level 2, maintenance access users.

You are prompted to select the channel(s) for which to generate a report as

shown in Figure 4-15:

5 WHICH GAN CHANNEL (1,2,B,X) ?

Figure 4-15 Example of Prompt to Generate a Report

23-15-30

4-21

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Select channel 1, channel 2, Both channels, or X to deselect all channels.

For channel card 2, you will select channel 3, channel 4, Both channels, or X to deselect all channels

NOTE: Depending on the version of software installed and the user's selection of reports, the MPU reports displayed may differ from those shown in

Figure 4-16.

CHAN #3: C/No=52.2 dB Hz sig=-16.2 dB log on beam=4 AORE bt=OK oc=NA

tx 1646560000 Hz burst 0 40.0 C

Figure 4-16 Example of Report 17, Channel Card 2, Channel 3

3. Reports 8 and 20

Report 8 displays the status of the Starboard antenna, and report 20 displays the status of the port antenna.

These reports are commonly used for testing and troubleshooting the system and are only available to Level 2, maint access users.

NOTE: Depending on the version of software installed and the user's selection of reports, the MPU reports displayed may differ from those shown in

the example in Figure 4-17.

port status $600231 SDI: PRT/TOP SSM: NORMAL gain=12.0

OMNIDIRECTIONAL MODE open loop tracking starboard active HGA LNA=off

Figure 4-17 Example of Report 20

Table 4-16 shows descriptions of the items in reports 8 and 20.

Reports 8 and 20

(Hex code) -

(SDI) -

(SSM) -

(Gain) -

(Mode) -

(LNA) -

Table 4-16 Reports 8 and 20 Descriptions

Starboard and Port Antenna Status

Raw hex code of the 32-bit ARINC word—decoded message follows code. The last 8-bits are not shown (ARINC label).

Antenna being used (for mechanically and beam steered, only Port data is valid)

Antenna serviceability

Reported antenna gain (may vary with increased blockage or keyhole pointing)

Reports tracking status, antenna selection, and high gain mode

Power-on status

23-15-30

4-22

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

4. Report 21

Report 21 displays the call code information for the HSD-440 terminal.

Figure 4-18 shows an example of report 21. Table 4-17 describes the items

in report 21.

15:56:23 #2 456DEF E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 4

2.0 C 52 dB Hz

15:56:24 #1 123ABC E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 4

2.0 C 52 dB Hz

15:56:26 #2 456DEF E4 stop 8301 ACSE successful ORR 42.0 C 52 dB Hz

15:56:26 #1 123ABC E5 stop 8301 ACSE successful ORR 42.0 C 51 dB Hz

15:58:30 #3 60104507 E4 stop 400110 aero logon 40.0 C 51 dB Hz

15:59:00 #3 60104507 E0 start 400110 13.50 dBW aero logon 40.0 C 38 dB Hz

15:59:13 #3 60104507 E4 start 400110 20.40 dBW aero logon 40.0 C 50 dB Hz

16:19:23 #3 60104507 E4 stop 400110 aero logon 40.0 C 54 dB Hz

16:19:52 #3 60104507 E0 start 400110 13.50 dBW aero logon 40.0 C 0 dB Hz

16:20:05 #3 60104507 E4 start 400110 20.40 dBW aero logon 40.0 C 49 dB Hz

Figure 4-18 Example Report 21

Table 4-17 Report 21 Item Descriptions

Report 21

(Time) -

Call Codes

Time based on the system real time clock

(Fwd Addr) Forward address ID/ICAO assigned to the system channel cards

(Alpha/no.) OR and beam the card is logged on to

(Call) Call real-time status, service type code, and Inmarsat Cause Code (see

Appendix H: Inmarsat Cause Codes on page H-1)

(RF power) LES commanded HPA power in dBW

(OR status) OR registration status

(Call orig)

(Call type)

Call originating from MES or from a fixed location

Call types (for example, speech)

D. Fault Definitions

The fault definitions that appear in the HSD-440 terminal maintenance menu logs are

based directly on the cause code definitions provided by Inmarsat. Appendix H: Inmarsat

Cause Codes on page H-1 defines the maintenance port menu fault codes of the HSD-440

terminal.

E. Operational and Diagnostic Test Procedures

(1) General

You can perform all test procedures presented in this section to test the total operational status of the HSD-440 terminal. You can conduct these operational tests for all terminals returned to service after repair.

23-15-30

4-23

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

The procedures assume that the technical personnel are familiar with the test equipment used and can operate the equipment to produce the required inputs and obtain the required results (indications). Refer to the detailed operating procedures and descriptions of the HSD-440 terminal MPU included in this section.

CAUTION: ONLY AUTHORIZED TECHNICAL PERSONNEL WHO ARE TRAINED

IN GENERAL AVIATION WORKMANSHIP AND HAVE A BASIC

UNDERSTANDING OF SATCOM SYSTEMS SHOULD PERFORM THE

OPERATIONAL AND DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURES IN THIS

MANUAL.

CAUTION: CHANGES TO DEFAULT VALUES FOR SOME MENU FUNCTIONS

MAY SERIOUSLY DEGRADE SYSTEM OPERATION.

NOTE: This manual describes the basic MPU functions, menus, and reports required for the testing and fault isolation procedures presented in this section. Please consult EMS SATCOM Product Support before entering any unfamiliar menu selections not described in this manual.

NOTE: Using a terminal emulation program, open a log file and save all test results for future reference and test records.

NOTE: The procedures presented in this section aid technical personnel in upgrading, maintaining, or troubleshooting an HSD-440 terminal.

Maintenance does not imply lubrication or adjustment activities.

Refer to the Outline and Installation diagrams and the Interconnection and Contact

Assignment drawings presented in "Installation" on page 3-1 for additional

information.

(2) Test Setup Procedure

The test setup procedure is presented in Table 4-18. For detailed connection of test

equipment and operating instructions for the HSD-440 terminal MPU, see "Terminal

MPU" on page 4-2.

Step

1.0

2.0

3.0

4.0

Table 4-18 Test Setup Procedure

Action

Make sure that the HSD-440 terminal is neither powered up nor connected to a power source.

Connect a maintenance cable to the HSD-440 terminal front-panel or remote maintenance port connector.

Connect the other end of the cable to the serial port of the computer.

Open a log file to capture all test data.

(3) Post Test

When testing is completed, follow the steps in Table 4-19.

23-15-30

4-24

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Step

1.0

2.0

3.0

4.0

Table 4-19 Post Test Procedure

Action

Save the log file of the test results (or data) for future reference.

Remove power from the HSD-440 terminal that was tested and from all other test equipment.

Disconnect test equipment from the HSD-440 terminal.

Replace the maintenance-port connector cover (if it was removed during the test setup).

(4) Installation and Operational Verification Tests

The test procedures assume that an approved ARINC 741 compatible antenna subsystem has been completely installed and tested as per the manufacturer's instructions.

To facilitate and document the installation of the equipment, refer to "Installation

Checklist" on page E-1.

(a) Pre Power-up Checks

Carry out all mechanical and electrical verification tests in the systematic order presented in this document.

(b) Mechanical Verification

Refer to "Installation" on page 3-1 for detailed mechanical information. Table 4-20

itemizes recommended mechanical checks.

STEP

1. 0

2. 0

3. 0

Table 4-20 HSD-440 Terminal Mechanical Verification

Item Checked

Mounting tray

Physical placement

Fan tray

ARINC 600 connector

Verification Description

Make sure that service/maintenance are accessible.

Check that environmental considerations are met, including cooling, air-flow, and pressure

Confirm plug configuration is correct.

Check chassis bonding.

Make sure that fan rotation is unobstructed and rotates freely.

Check polarized pints.

Refer to "Installation" on page 3-1 for detailed electrical information. Table 4-21

itemizes the recommended electrical checks.

When conducting the following tests, do not rack the HSD-440 terminal.

WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY AND/OR EQUIPMENT

DAMAGE, USE EXTREME CAUTION DURING THE VOLTAGE

LEVELS MEASUREMENTS.

23-15-30

4-25

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

STEP

1.0

2.0

Table 4-21 HSD-440 Terminal Electrical Verification Checklist

Item Checked Verification Description

Power connections 28 V dc polarity or 115 V ac polarity

Voltage levels

Chassis ground @ BP8—resistance measurement

CAUTION: WHEN POWER IS APPLIED TO THE

RACK, THE FAN ENERGIZES.

3.0

4.0

5.0

6.0

7.0

8.0

9.0

Check voltage levels:

28 V dc: between BP2 (positive) and BP3 (return) or

115 V ac: between BPI (115-H) and BP7 (115-C)

IRS Input IRS wiring:

Inertial system wired to TP4J (A) and TP4K (B)

IRS format:

ARINC 429 Interface

Configuration Strap

Pins

SDI:

Strapped for HGA, Pin TP5B to TP5D

System configuration:

Strapped for Stand-Alone Mode, Pins TP4A and

TP4C strapped to TP7K

ICAO ID:

User specific address obtained from the aircraft registration

WOW: optional

Ethernet 1 and 2 Wired to RJ45 distribution points

Optional—other service may be preferred

ISDN 1 Wired to RJ45 distribution points

Optional—other service may be preferred

Remotes

(optional but recommended)

Remote reset switch

Maintenance port, remote access

RF coaxial

Power and fault indicators

Rx input cable loss from DLNA J2 to HSD-440 terminal at BP12

Tx output cable loss from HSD-440 terminal at MPC1 to

DLNA J3

Multi-control and

BITE from antenna subsystem

Antenna manufacturer and model

23-15-30

4-26

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

(5) Configuration Parameters Verification

You can now verify the system configuration parameters. For additional connection

and access information, see "Connection Requirements" on page 4-3. Verify and

document using "Installation Checklist" on page E-1.

(a) Parameter Verification Procedure

• From Menu 3, press H (list SCM/CP ORT), and then press 1 (CP EEPROM

ORT).

The ORT listing appears on the screen, as shown in Figure 4-19. Verify that

the correct system configuration parameters are listed in the ORT.

23-15-30

4-27

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

MENU 3 HSD-440 FIRMWARE V11.9 AIR

L list EEPROM S list event log

E reset EEPROM C clear event log

M misc. EEPROM parameter J ignored faults

N EMS serial number F list call log

G clear call log O list ORT

P ocean region parameter I set all LES id's

Q search call log H list SCM/CP ORT

K set CP ORT parameter R copy CP ORT to SCM

<CTRL> N next menu <CTRL> O previous menu = select reports

TERMINAL: STAND-ALONE MODE

0 lists SCM ORT -- 1 lists CP EEPROM ORT ?

CP EEPROM ORT: ID 0

MCDU #1 aero voice noise level -50 SET BY CP DEFAULT

MCDU #1 aero voice headset level 50 SET BY CP DEFAULT

MCDU #1 aero voice mic level 50 SET BY CP DEFAULT

MCDU #1 aero voice sidetone level 50 SET BY CP DEFAULT

MCDU #2 aero voice noise level -50 SET BY CP DEFAULT

MCDU #2 aero voice headset level 50 SET BY CP DEFAULT

MCDU #2 aero voice mic level 50 SET BY CP DEFAULT

MCDU #2 aero voice sidetone level 50 SET BY CP DEFAULT call light flag -1 SET BY CP DEFAULT chime light flag -1 SET BY CP DEFAULT hook switch flag -1 SET BY CP DEFAULT priority 4 flag -1 SET BY CP DEFAULT

MCDU type 1 SET BY CP DEFAULT

Viper antenna gain 16.0 SET BY CP DEFAULT viper hpa-antenna loss 6.7 SET BY CP DEFAULT

HSD SAL 307 SET BY CP DEFAULT accept 'auto cts' flag 0 SET BY CP DEFAULT send 'auto cts' flag 0 SET BY CP DEFAULT

BIT protocol verification flag 1 SET BY CP DEFAULT

Use dest. code in WBURG protocol 1 SET BY CP DEFAULT

HIT 'H' for MORE

RTS conflict resolution flag 1 SET BY CP DEFAULT

WBURG full duplex 0 SET BY CP DEFAULT use CMU SAL from ALO 0 SET BY CP DEFAULT allow WBURG solo words 1 SET BY CP DEFAULT auto aero logon ENABLED SET BY CP DEFAULT allow high rate in global beam ENABLED SET BY CP DEFAULT aero icao address 000000 SET BY CP DEFAULT allow interrogation from GES DISABLED SET BY CP DEFAULT cabin availability flag 1111 SET BY CP DEFAULT

CMU high-speed baudrate DISABLED SET BY CP DEFAULT forward id[7m ABC123[0m [7mNOT DEFAULT[0m SET BY MAINT PORT

Viper HSDX #1 cable loss 29.5 dB SET BY CP DEFAULT

Viper HSDX #2 cable loss 29.5 dB SET BY CP DEFAULT air/ground status DISABLED SET BY CP DEFAULT position reporting 1 SET BY CP DEFAULT

HPA-antenna loss 2.5 dB SET BY CP DEFAULT automatic LEDs ENABLED SET BY CP DEFAULT minimum antenna gain 8.0 dB SET BY CP DEFAULT restrict maintenance port in air YES SET BY CP DEFAULT prevent transmissions on ground YES SET BY CP DEFAULT

HIT 'H' for MORE

DIO BLOCK: MISSING

23-15-30

4-28

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

SATELLITE TABLE:

LES ACCESS CODE TABLE:

AORW: LES 1 NETWORK ID 0 NO NAME

AORE: LES 1 NETWORK ID 0 NO NAME

POR: LES 1 NETWORK ID 0 NO NAME

IOR: LES 1 NETWORK ID 0 NO NAME

SAT 4: LES 1 NETWORK ID 0 NO NAME

SAT 5: LES 1 NETWORK ID 0 NO NAME

SAT 6: LES 1 NETWORK ID 0 NO NAME

SAT 7: LES 1 NETWORK ID 0 NO NAME

HIT 'H' for MORE

GES PRIORITY TABLE:

ENTRY #1 AORE Eik (GES 104) PRIORITY 5

ENTRY #2 AORE Aussaguel (GES 103) PRIORITY 5

ENTRY #3 AORE Goonhilly (GES 101) PRIORITY 5

ENTRY #4 AORW Goonhilly (GES 1) PRIORITY 5

ENTRY #5 AORW Aussaguel (GES 5) PRIORITY 5

ENTRY #6 AORW Southbury (GES 2) PRIORITY 5

ENTRY #7 AORW Eik (GES 4) PRIORITY 5

ENTRY #8 IOR Eik (GES 301) PRIORITY 5

ENTRY #9 IOR Sentosa (GES 310) PRIORITY 5

ENTRY #10 IOR Perth (GES 305) PRIORITY 5

ENTRY #11 IOR Yamaguchi (GES 306) PRIORITY 5

ENTRY #12 POR Santa Paula (GES 202) PRIORITY 5

ENTRY #13 POR Sentosa (GES 201) PRIORITY 5

ENTRY #14 POR Perth (GES 205) PRIORITY 5

ENTRY #15 POR Yamaguchi (GES 203) PRIORITY 5

DONE

Figure 4-19 HSD-440 Terminal ORT Display Example

(6) System Power-up Checks

NOTE: Before proceeding, make sure that all pre power-up, mechanical, and electrical verifications have been successfully performed and documented

using "Installation Checklist" on page E-1.

(a) Preparation

The following tests serve primarily to confirm proper system power-up; therefore, they can be performed while the aircraft is still in the hangar. Make sure that a computer is available for testing.

(b) Initial Visual LED Verification

The system's Power On and Fault LEDs provide a visual status indication on the

HSD-440 terminal front panel and on the optional remote panel.

To visually verify LEDs:

Verify that the LED indicators (at both locations) repeatedly cycle on/off when power is applied.

Once the cycle has completed (~5 seconds), verify that the LED power indicator remains illuminated.

23-15-30

4-29

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

With the computer connected and configured to accept maintenance port data, power-up the HSD-440 terminal, and verify the initial power-up screen displays,

as shown in Figure 4-20.

23-15-30

4-30

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

KERNEL V1.4 -- Wed Feb 21 08:58:08 2007

TESTING RAM ......RAM OK.

CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY OF EMS TECHNOLOGIES CANADA, LTD.

USE AND DISTRIBUTION LIMITED SOLELY TO AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL.

The use, disclosure, reproduction, modification, transfer or transmittal of this work for any purpose, in any form, or by any means without the written permission of EMS Technologies Canada, Ltd. is strictly prohibited.

1252-A-3400 APPLICATION Vx.x -- Wed Mar 28 10:07:24 2007

VALIDATING DETECTOR CALIBRATION TABLES.... OK

VALIDATING ATTENUATOR CALIBRATION TABLE AT $608000.... OK

ORT OCEAN REGIONS: SAT LONG LES ID TNID

**W SAT0 (region #0) 52.5W 1 0

**E AORE (region #1) 15.0W 1 0

**P POR (region #2) 178.5E 1 0

**I IOR (region #3) 63.0E 1 0

** LONGITUDE UPDATED FROM AERO BULLETIN BOARDS

REAL TIME CLOCK PRESENT: 17:02:20 Fri Apr 13, 2007

FORWARD ID TABLE -- VERSION 1

4.1 SECONDS: EEPROM FORCES STAND-ALONE MODE

FIRMWARE VERSIONS:

KERNEL: V1.4 -- Wed Feb 21 08:58:08 2007

APPLICATION: V11.9 -- Wed Mar 28 10:07:24 2007

CHANNEL CARD #1: 4.9.8.0 -- 0.3.6.2 -- 2.1.0.0 -- 2.7.0.0

CHANNEL CARD #2: 1.17.0.1 -- -- -- 2.7.0.0

DATA I/O CARD: Version 1.39.0.0 built on Feb 2 2007 13:

CHANNEL CARD STATISTICS

CARD #1 SWIFT64 (SERIAL 4871):

886.8 hrs powered 3.8 hrs in call since 10:29:31 Dec 11, 2006

CARD #2 CLASSIC AERO (SERIAL 4422):

861.3 hrs powered 140.0 hrs in call since 10:29:29 Dec 11, 2006

HARDWARE:

PART NUMBER REVISION

EMS: 1110-A-3400

SOFTWARE:

PART NUMBER REVISION

EMS: ************* ***

BOOT CRC: D96D0D1F

APP. CRC: 557DFF24

Type "menu" to activate the maintenance port menus.

Other passwords provide different levels of authorization.

time 17.0 seconds: powering on channel card #1 time 17.0 seconds: powering on channel card #2

Figure 4-20 HSD-440 Terminal Power-up Display Example

23-15-30

4-31

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

(7) System On-Air Checks

Conduct system on-air checks to confirm voice and data call capabilities through the satellite and ground station network. Additional testing confirms that proper signal level parameters are obtained through the antenna subsystem.

(a) Preparation

Before attempting on-air testing procedures:

Complete and confirm all service provider registration and activation.

Complete and document all pre power-up and power-up checks.

Position the aircraft outside, away from all obstructions in the line-of-sight to the satellite.

Apply the aircraft power source.

Power on and wait for the IRS to align.

Connect a computer (with a terminal emulation program) to the HSD-440 terminal maintenance port.

NOTE: Several system parameters, such as IRS data, RF signal quality, and logon messaging, appear on the maintenance port display.

Capture and save this maintenance port information to a file for later review or to serve as a historical test record.

(b) On-Air Power up and Logon Procedure

For this test procedure, use the Level 2, maint password to access the HSD-440 terminal MPU. For information on how to connect, access, and use the HSD-440

terminal MPU, see "Connection Requirements" on page 4-3.

To perform an on-air power up and logon:

With the computer connected, powered up, and ready to accept maintenance port data, power up the HSD-440 terminal.

Once the power up messages appear, type the Level 2 password maint .

To access the reports menu, press EQUAL SIGN, and then activate reports

21 (call codes) and 23 (standard output).

Remember to save these selected items by pressing S (save to EEPROM).

To reset the HSD-440 terminal, in Menu 2, press Z, and then immediately type the password maint when the reset messages appear.

The data from the previously selected reports 21 and 23 appears. This data refreshes on-screen every second. You can capture this information in a log file for later review or pause the display by pressing SCROLL LOCK or highlighting part of the viewed data.

Compare the output data to the sample shown in Figure 4-22.

You can review and document several parameters for operational verification

purposes. Refer to "Installation Checklist" on page E-1 for a detailed list of

parameters.

23-15-30

4-32

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Verify that the following system information, as shown on the System

Initialization Display during the test, is accurate for the HSD-440 terminal under test.

• FWD ID/ICAO ID

• Installation mode

• Number of channel cards

• All channel cards trigger OR registration

The example figure has been edited for clarity. A successful logon is confirmed when channel 3 changes states from Logoff to Logon.

23-15-30

4-33

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0922 ALO: Received user-initiated log on request (auto-select)

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [00] 0923 ALO: User-initiated log on request ACCEPTED

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0924 ALO: State = Entry-11

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0925 ALO: Searching priority group 5

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0926 ALO: Sat ID 1, GES ID 68 not found in blacklist

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0927 ALO: Number of valid satellites found in group = 1

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0928 ALO: Satellite ID in view = 1

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0929 ALO: Longitude difference from present position X100 = 6000

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0930 ALO: Best satellite ID = 1

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0931 ALO: State = Entry-2

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0932 ALO: Pointing antenna: SatId=1 Gen=0 LongX100=-1500 Inc=0, RAsc=100

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0933 ALO: Antenna pointing result = 1

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0934 ALO: State = Entry-10

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0935 ALO: Tuning Psid #0 to 14006

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [05] 0936 ALO: Tuning P-channel(0) to 14006, rate=600, CommonTiming = 0

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [05] 0937 ALO: Disable Tx Channels. R/T chan: 1

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0938 ALO: State = Await P-Channel Sync-0

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 0939 DspMsg: P-status at t = 193 (fr = 0, sf = 0, uw 0)

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 0940 DspMsg: P-ch acquisition initiated at t = 193

17:06:20 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz

17:06:20 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz

17:06:22 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz

17:06:22 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz

17:06:23 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz

17:06:23 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 0947 DspMsg: P-status at t = 199 (fr = 1, sf = 0, uw 0)

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 0948 DspMsg: P-ch sync acquired at t = 199

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0949 ALO: State = Await Revision Number

17:06:25 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz

17:06:25 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 0950 DspMsg: P-status at t = 200 (fr = 1, sf = 0, uw 1)

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0952 ALO: Detected System Table revision 57

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0953 ALO: No System Table update required

17:06:27 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz

17:06:27 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0959 ALO: Spot Beam Map revision 1 - no update required

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0960 ALO: State = Entry-3

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0961 ALO: At entry-3 with null GES ID and satellite chosen from the ORT; check

ORT for corresponding GES

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0962 ALO: Sat ID 1, GES ID 68 not found in blacklist

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0963 ALO: Sat ID 1, GES ID 67 not found in blacklist

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0964 ALO: Sat ID 1, GES ID 65 not found in blacklist

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0965 ALO: Adding to blacklist at index 0, sat ID 1, GES ID 65

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0966 ALO: For sat ID 1 in ORT group 5, number of valid GESs available = 2

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0967 ALO: Selected GES ID = 68

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0968 ALO: AES is in beam 4

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0969 ALO: Tuning Psmc to 14078

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [05] 0970 ALO: Tuning P-channel(0) to 14078, rate=600, CommonTiming = 0

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [05] 0971 ALO: Disable Tx Channels. R/T chan: 1

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0972 ALO: Requesting Rsmc power for chnl 1: eirp_X100 = 1350, min_slot = 14022, max slot = 14038

17:06:27 #3 60104507 E0 start 400110 13.50 dBW aero logon 40.0 C 36 dB Hz

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0973 ALO: State = Await P-Channel Sync-1

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 0974 DspMsg: P-status at t = 201 (fr = 0, sf = 0, uw 0)

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 0975 DspMsg: P-ch acquisition initiated at t = 201

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0976 ALO: Rsmc power allocated: EIRP requested = 1350, allocated = 1350

17:06:29 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz

17:06:29 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz

17:06:31 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz

17:06:31 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 0980 DspMsg: P-status at t = 207 (fr = 1, sf = 0, uw 0)

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 0981 DspMsg: P-ch sync acquired at t = 207

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0982 ALO: Tuning Rsmc

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [05] 0983 ALO: Tuning R-channel(1) to 14038, rate=600, eirp_X100=1350

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [06] 0984 DEA: Msg: Log on

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0985 ALO: State = Entry-5

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0986 ALO: Sending log on request to GES 68 for class 3 AES in beam 4

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0987 ALO: State = Await Log-On Confirm

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [0b] 0988 LLUSER: Log-on in progress AMIDU

17:06:33 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz

17:06:33 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [10] 0995 RTSW: Recovered from missing SYNCHRO

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 0997 DspMsg: P-status at t = 208 (fr = 1, sf = 0, uw 1)

23-15-30

4-34

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

17:06:35 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz

17:06:35 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 1004 DspMsg: P-status at t = 210 (fr = 1, sf = 1, uw 1)

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 1005 DspMsg: P-ch SF lock at t = 210

17:06:36 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz

17:06:36 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz

17:06:38 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz

17:06:38 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1031 ALO: Required Rd-channel EIRP x100 = 2040

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1032 ALO: Required T-channel [0] EIRP x100 = 910

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1033 ALO: Required T-channel [1] EIRP x100 = 2040

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1034 ALO: Required T-channel [2] EIRP x100 = 910

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1035 ALO: Requesting Rd/T-channel power for chnl 1: eirp_X100 = 2040, min_slot

= 14024, max slot = 14422

17:06:40 #3 60104507 E4 start 400110 20.40 dBW aero logon 40.0 C 49 dB Hz

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1036 ALO: State = Await Rd/T-Channel Power

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1037 ALO: Rd/T-channel power allocated: EIRP X100 requested = 2040, allocated

= 2040

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1038 ALO: Tuning Pd/Rd, Pd = 14434, synchronized = 1

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [05] 1039 ALO: Tuning P-channel(0) to 14434, rate=10500, CommonTiming = 0

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [05] 1040 ALO: Tuning R-channel(1) to 14422, rate=10500, eirp_X100=2040

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 1041 DspMsg: P-status at t = 215 (fr = 0, sf = 0, uw 0)

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 1042 DspMsg: P-ch acquisition initiated at t = 215

17:06:40 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz

17:06:40 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1043 ALO: State = Await Log-On ACKo

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 1044 DspMsg: P-status at t = 215 (fr = 1, sf = 0, uw 1)

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 1045 DspMsg: P-ch sync acquired at t = 215

17:06:42 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz

17:06:43 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [06] 1139 DEA: Msg: Log on

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1143 ALO: State = Logged-On

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1144 ALO: Satellite handover candidate 1: sat ID = 0, pref = 5, long X100 = -5250

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1145 ALO: Satellite handover candidate 2: sat ID = 3, pref = 5, long X100 = 6300

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1146 ALO: Satellite handover candidate 3: sat ID = 4, pref = 0, long X100 = 14250

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1147 ALO: Satellite handover candidate 4: sat ID = 1, pref = 5, long X100 = -1500

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1148 ALO: Satellite handover candidate 5: sat ID = 2, pref = 5, long X100 = 17850

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1149 ALO: Satellite handover evaluation table initialized with 5 satellite(s)

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1150 ALO: Satellite handover thresholds: bad EIRP = 5, bad antenna = 20, general

= 20

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [0b] 1163 LLUSER: Log-on AMIDU

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [3f] 1164 LLUSER: Resetting link layer traffic statistics

17:06:45 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz

17:06:45 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 1275 DspMsg: P-status at t = 220 (fr = 1, sf = 1, uw 1)

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 1276 DspMsg: P-ch SF lock at t = 220

17:06:49 #1 ABC123 E4 stop 8306 ACSE failed retry ORR 41.5 C 51 dB Hz

17:06:49 #2 DEF456 E5 stop 8306 ACSE failed retry ORR 41.5 C 51 dB Hz

17:06:52 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 51 dB Hz

17:06:53 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 52 dB Hz

17:06:56 #1 ABC123 E4 stop 8301 ACSE successful ORR 41.5 C 52 dB Hz

17:06:58 #2 DEF456 E5 stop 8306 ACSE failed retry ORR 41.5 C 52 dB Hz

17:07:01 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 52 dB Hz

17:07:05 #2 DEF456 E5 stop 8301 ACSE successful ORR 41.5 C 52 dB Hz

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 4350 ALO: Evaluating satellite handover for AES lat X100 = 4500, long X100 = -7500

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 4351 ALO: Current satellite = 1 has preference = 5, longitude delta X100 =

6000, elevation angle = 12.20 degrees

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 4352 ALO: Other candidate satellite = 0 has preference = 5, longitude delta

X100 = 2250, elevation angle = 33.55 degrees

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 4353 ALO: Best satellite = 0 (not current), based on longitude delta

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 4354 ALO: Satellite handover countdown = 19 minute(s)

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 4355 ALO: Evaluating spot beam handover for AES lat X100 = 4500, long X100 = -7500

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 4356 ALO: AES is still in beam 4

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 7537 ALO: Evaluating satellite handover for AES lat X100 = 4500, long X100 = -7500

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 7538 ALO: Current satellite = 1 has preference = 5, longitude delta X100 =

6000, elevation angle = 12.20 degrees

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 7539 ALO: Other candidate satellite = 0 has preference = 5, longitude delta

X100 = 2250, elevation angle = 33.55 degrees

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 7540 ALO: Best satellite = 0 (not current), based on longitude delta

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 7541 ALO: Satellite handover countdown = 18 minute(s)

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 7542 ALO: Evaluating spot beam handover for AES lat X100 = 4500, long X100 = -7500

CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 7543 ALO: AES is still in beam 4

Figure 4-21 Logon Initialization Display Example

23-15-30

4-35

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Once the system has logged on, place a test voice and/or data call. Refer to

"System Operation" on page 2-1 for detailed call procedures. Verification of all

aircraft communication functions is recommended. Record the test call result on

"Installation Checklist" on page E-1.

NOTE: For the purposes of providing a sample display, an ISDN voice call is documented. Refer to the HSD Quick Reference, MN-1110-10063, for specific instructions on how to place voice and data calls.

(d) On-Air Voice/Data Call Verification Procedure

To place an on-air voice or data call:

Make sure that the maintenance port reports 21 and 23 are activated.

Place a test call.

Observe the maintenance port messages, and verify that they are similar to

the sample provided in Figure 4-22.

23-15-30

4-36

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

45D0'0.0"N 75D0'0.2"W PT 0.0D RL 0.0D HD 0.0D TK 0.0D 0 knots 0 ft

17:12:39 dop 0 ppb az 112.2 deg el 12.2 deg AORE ant gain 12.0 (sbd)

CHAN #1: C/No=51.4 dB Hz sig=-31.4 dB 41.5 C no call beam=4

CHAN #2: C/No=51.5 dB Hz sig=-32.6 dB 41.5 C no call beam=5

CHAN #3: C/No=48.9 dB Hz sig=-26.1 dB 40.0 C log on beam=4

CHAN #4: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz sig= -0.0 dB 40.5 C no call beam=4

45D0'0.0"N 75D0'0.2"W PT 0.0D RL 0.0D HD 0.0D TK 0.0D 0 knots 0 ft

17:12:40 #1 ABC123 E4 start 800124 14.00 dBW mobile aero 64k speech 41.5 C 52 dB Hz

17:12:40 dop 0 ppb az 112.2 deg el 12.2 deg AORE ant gain 12.0 (sbd)

CHAN #1: C/No=51.5 dB Hz sig=-32.2 dB 41.5 C speech beam=4

CHAN #2: C/No=51.6 dB Hz sig=-32.9 dB 41.5 C no call beam=5

CHAN #3: C/No=49.3 dB Hz sig=-26.2 dB 40.0 C log on beam=4

CHAN #4: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz sig= -0.0 dB 40.5 C no call beam=4

45D0'0.0"N 75D0'0.2"W PT 0.0D RL 0.0D HD 0.0D TK 0.0D 0 knots 0 ft

17:12:42 #1 ABC123 E4 start 800124 22.50 dBW mobile aero 64k speech 41.5 C 52 dB Hz

17:12:42 dop 0 ppb az 112.2 deg el 12.2 deg AORE ant gain 12.0 (sbd)

CHAN #1: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz sig=-1000 dB 41.5 C speech beam=4

CHAN #2: C/No=51.6 dB Hz sig=-33.7 dB 41.5 C no call beam=5

CHAN #3: C/No=49.3 dB Hz sig=-26.2 dB 40.0 C log on beam=4

CHAN #4: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz sig= -0.0 dB 40.5 C no call beam=4

45D0'0.0"N 75D0'0.2"W PT 0.0D RL 0.0D HD 0.0D TK 0.0D 0 knots 0 ft

17:12:44 dop 0 ppb az 112.2 deg el 12.2 deg AORE ant gain 12.0 (sbd)

CHAN #1: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz sig=-19.6 dB 41.5 C speech beam=4

CHAN #2: C/No=51.6 dB Hz sig=-32.7 dB 41.5 C no call beam=5

CHAN #3: C/No=48.9 dB Hz sig=-25.8 dB 40.0 C log on beam=4

CHAN #4: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz sig= -0.0 dB 40.5 C no call beam=4

45D0'0.0"N 75D0'0.2"W PT 0.0D RL 0.0D HD 0.0D TK 0.0D 0 knots 0 ft

17:12:49 dop 0 ppb az 112.2 deg el 12.2 deg AORE ant gain 12.0 (sbd)

CHAN #1: C/No=62.2 dB Hz sig=-19.9 dB 41.5 C speech beam=4

CHAN #2: C/No=51.8 dB Hz sig=-32.6 dB 41.5 C no call beam=5

CHAN #3: C/No=48.9 dB Hz sig=-25.9 dB 40.0 C log on beam=4

CHAN #4: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz sig= -0.0 dB 40.5 C no call beam=4

45D0'0.0"N 75D0'0.2"W PT 0.0D RL 0.0D HD 0.0D TK 0.0D 0 knots 0 ft

17:12:51 dop 0 ppb az 112.2 deg el 12.2 deg AORE ant gain 12.0 (sbd)

CHAN #1: C/No=61.8 dB Hz sig=-19.8 dB 41.5 C speech beam=4

CHAN #2: C/No=51.7 dB Hz sig=-32.9 dB 41.5 C no call beam=5

CHAN #3: C/No=48.9 dB Hz sig=-25.9 dB 40.0 C log on beam=4

CHAN #4: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz sig= -0.0 dB 40.5 C no call beam=4

45D0'0.0"N 75D0'0.2"W PT 0.0D RL 0.0D HD 0.0D TK 0.0D 0 knots 0 ft

17:12:52 #1 ABC123 E4 stop 1001 call cleared by MES terminal 41.5 C 0 dB Hz

17:12:52 dop 0 ppb az 112.2 deg el 12.2 deg AORE ant gain 12.0 (sbd)

CHAN #1: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz sig=-1000 dB 41.5 C no call beam=4

CHAN #2: C/No=51.8 dB Hz sig=-32.6 dB 41.5 C no call beam=5

CHAN #3: C/No=48.8 dB Hz sig=-26.1 dB 40.0 C log on beam=4

CHAN #4: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz sig= -0.0 dB 40.5 C no call beam=4

45D0'0.0"N 75D0'0.2"W PT 0.0D RL 0.0D HD 0.0D TK 0.0D 0 knots 0 ft

Figure 4-22 HSD-440 Terminal Call Display Example

(8) Antenna Tracking Checks

As a final ground-based system check, verify the antenna tracking. This confirms proper signal reception and transmission for all aircraft headings.

23-15-30

4-37

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

(a) Preparation

• Perform all previous tests and document the results before proceeding.

• As directed in previous tests, connect a computer to the maintenance port and use the Level 2, maint password to access the HSD-440 terminal MPU.

• Power up all avionics and align the IRS.

• Taxi or tow the aircraft to an unobstructed, line-of-sight location where a complete 360° rotation is possible.

(b) Antenna Tracking Verification Procedure

To verify antenna tracking:

NOTE: Report 8 (Starboard antenna status word) is only required where conformal antennas are installed.

From the reports menu, toggle on reports 8 and 20 , and toggle off report 23 .

Position the aircraft at a baseline, start-of-test heading (0 degrees true heading is recommended).

Confirm that the baseline heading, as reported by the aircraft IRS, is similar to that reported from the "HD" entry in report 23.

Record the following data on the "Installation Checklist" on page E-1:

• Antenna selected—port or Starboard (conformal only)

• Antenna gain and azimuth angle

• Heading

• Channel card C/No and signal levels

Rotate the aircraft through a full 360° circle while stopping to record data at the following heading intervals:

• For conformal or phased arrays: every 15°

• For mechanically steered antenna: every 30°

(9) Optional System Checks

The following procedures are recommended but not essential. However, they serve to confirm successful completion of all previous tests.

(a) Preparation

Activate reports 21 and 23 for the following checks.

(b) Optional Voice/Data Calls Procedure

NOTE: As in previous tests, open a log file to capture all maintenance port activity during aircraft taxiing, flight, and landing segments.

• Voice/data calls—ground segment:

Place any combination of voice and/or data calls while the aircraft is taxied in a full circle and/or a figure 8 pattern. Note any voice or data anomalies.

23-15-30

4-38

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

• Voice/data calls—in flight:

Place any combination of voice and/or data calls during flight. The flight pattern may include "standard rate of turn," figure 8, or circles. Note any voice or data anomalies.

Software Load Procedures

EMS SATCOM may occasionally release new software for the HSD-440 terminal.

CAUTION: SOFTWARE MUST NOT BE LOADED TO THE HSD-440 TERMINAL

WHEN THE TERMINAL IS FULLY INSTALLED IN THE AIRCRAFT.

CAUTION: ENSURE THAT ALL REPORTS AND MENUS ARE TURNED OFF.

Load new software with a laptop or computer connected to the maintenance port of the

HSD-440 terminal, using the EMS Loader application.

NOTE: Refer to the applicable software release note or service bulletin for a specific list of the software files that need to be loaded. If in doubt, verify with EMS SATCOM

Product Support that the software version being loaded is the latest release.

(1) Loading Channel Card Software

CAUTION: SOFTWARE MUST NOT BE LOADED TO THE HSD-440 TERMINAL

WHEN THE TERMINAL IS FULLY INSTALLED IN THE AIRCRAFT.

This section describes how to load channel card software to HSD-440 terminals using the EMS Loader.

To load channel software:

1. Remove power from the HSD-440 terminal.

2. Connect a computer to the maintenance port of the HSD-440 terminal.

3. Turn on the computer.

4. Save the EMS Loader application file (ADT_LOAD.exe) to the same folder on your computer that contains the software files.

It is recommended that you create a folder named HSD Load in the root directory and save the load program file and the software files to this folder.

5. Apply power to the HSD-440 terminal.

6. Close all other applications running on the computer. The load program will not execute successfully if other programs are using the COM port.

7. In the HSD Load folder, double-click ADT_LOAD.exe

The EMS Loader opens in a DOS window, displays the Load Target menu, and prompts you to select a target for the software.

8. To load all software on channel card 1, type 22 . To load all software on channel card 2, type 23 .

9. Press ENTER.

The EMS Loader prompts you to select a COM port.

23-15-30

4-39

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

10. Type the COM port connected to the HSD-440 terminal, and then press ENTER.

The EMS Loader prompts you to type a filename.

11. Type config.hex

, and then press ENTER.

The prompt asks if this is RF control software for TAL2 (channel card 1) or TAL4

(channel card 2).

12. To choose the default, N (No), press ENTER.

The EMS Loader will continue to prompt for the next filename.

13. Type the following file names one at a time, press ENTER after each one, type Y or N , and then press ENTER again.

• release.hex, ENTER, N, ENTER

• cpumain.hex, ENTER, N, ENTER

• tmsc33.hex, ENTER, N, ENTER

• tmsc64.hex, ENTER, N, ENTER

• rfcontrol.hex, ENTER, N, ENTER

• rfcontrol2.hex, ENTER, Y, ENTER

14. To terminate the list, press ENTER at the prompt.

Communication with the HSD-440 terminal is established. A percentage (%) load status indicator appears on the screen. Once the load is complete, a confirmation message briefly appears on the screen indicating that the file has been successfully loaded. The DOS window closes, and the HSD-440 terminal resets.

15. Repeat this procedure to load software to channel card 2.

16. If no other software loads are required, proceed to "Verifying Software Loads" on page 4-42.

NOTE: If the load fails, restart the load from the beginning of the procedure. If, after two attempts, the load still does not complete successfully, contact

EMS SATCOM Product Support for assistance.

(2) Loading Control Processor Software

CAUTION: SOFTWARE MUST NOT BE LOADED TO THE HSD-440 TERMINAL

WHEN THE TERMINAL IS FULLY INSTALLED IN THE AIRCRAFT.

This section describes how to load control processor software on to HSD-440 terminals.

To load control processor software to the HSD-440 terminal:

1. Remove power from the HSD-440 terminal.

2. Connect a computer to the maintenance port of the HSD-440 terminal.

3. Turn on the computer.

23-15-30

4-40

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

4. Save ADT_LOAD.exe

to the same folder on your computer that contains the software files.

It is recommended that you create a folder named HSD Load in the root directory and save the load program file and the software files to this folder.

5. Apply power to the HSD-440 terminal.

6. Close all other applications running on the computer. The load program will not execute successfully if other programs are using the COM port.

7. In the HSD Load folder, double-click ADT_LOAD.exe

to launch the load application.

The EMS Loader opens in a DOS window, displays the Load Target menu, and prompts you to select a target for the software.

8. To load control processor software to the control processor, press 0 (zero), and then press ENTER.

The load application prompts you to type a filename.

9. Type the filename for the software being loaded to the HSD-440 terminal control processor, and then press ENTER.

The EMS Loader prompts you to select a COM port.

10. Type the COM port connected to the HSD-440 terminal, and then press ENTER.

11. To start the load, press ENTER. To abort the software load, press ESC.

12. If no other software loads are required, proceed to "Verifying Software Loads" on page 4-42.

NOTE: If the load fails, restart the load from the beginning of the procedure. If, after two attempts, the load still does not complete successfully, contact

EMS SATCOM Product Support for assistance.

(3) Updating Displayed Software Versions

Once you have uploaded the major software to the HSD-440 terminal, you must load a BIN file to display the new versions. Load this file according to the applicable software service bulletin released by EMS SATCOM.

To update displayed software versions:

1. Remove power from the HSD-440 terminal.

2. Connect a computer to the maintenance port of the HSD-440 terminal.

3. Turn on the computer.

4. Save ADT_LOAD.exe

to the same folder on your computer that contains the software files.

It is recommended that you create a folder named HSD Load in the root directory and save the load program file and the software files to this folder.

23-15-30

4-41

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

5. Apply power to the HSD-440 terminal.

6. Close all other applications running on the computer. The load program will not execute successfully if other programs are using the COM port.

7. In the HSD Load folder, double-click ADT_LOAD.exe

to launch the load application.

The EMS Loader opens in a DOS window, displays the Load Target menu, and prompts you to select a target for the software.

8. To load application software, type 24 .

9. Press ENTER.

The system prompts you for a filename.

NOTE: The filename follows the format li_XX.bin

10. Type the filename of the software.

11. Press ENTER.

The program prompts you to select a COM port.

12. Type the COM port connected to the HSD-440 terminal, and then press ENTER.

13. To start the load, press ENTER.

A percentage (%) progress indicator appears on the screen. A confirmation message briefly appears on the screen indicating that the file has been successfully loaded, and the DOS window closes. This completes the software load.

If all software loads are finished, verify the success of the software load by following

the instructions provided in "Verifying Software Loads" on page 4-42.

In the event that the load fails, restart the load from the beginning of the procedure.

If, after two attempts, the load still does not complete successfully, contact EMS

SATCOM Product Support for assistance.

(4) Verifying Software Loads

After loading all software as specified in the applicable software service bulletin released by EMS SATCOM, verify that all software loaded successfully.

NOTE: The screens shown in this procedure are examples only. The software and other versions may differ from your terminal.

To verify software loads:

1. Apply power to the HSD-440 terminal.

2. On the computer, open a terminal emulation program, such as HyperTerminal, and start the HSD-440 terminal MPU.

3. Connect the computer to the maintenance port of the HSD-440 terminal.

4. Type maint , and then press ENTER.

Menu 1 appears.

5. To scroll to Menu 2, press CTRL+N.

23-15-30

4-42

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

6. To display the versions of software loaded onto the HSD-440 terminal, press V.

A list of firmware versions appears similar to the example provided below (actual versions will differ depending on the software installed on the terminal).

FIRMWARE VERSIONS:

KERNEL: V1.4 -- Wed Feb 21 08:58:08 2007

APPLICATION: V11.9 -- Wed Mar 28 10:07:24 2007

CHANNEL CARD #1: 4.9.8.0 -- 0.3.6.2 -- 2.1.0.0 -- 2.7.0.0

CHANNEL CARD #2: 1.17.0.1 -- -- -- 2.7.0.0

DATA I/O CARD: Version 1.39.0.0 built on Feb 2 2007 13:

7. Verify that all software has loaded successfully to both channel cards. Verify that the firmware versions shown match the versions listed on the load disk (or files) and in the software service bulletin (examples shown above).

8. Close the terminal emulation program.

9. Remove power from the HSD-440 terminal.

This completes the software load verification.

(5) Disconnecting Load Equipment

You must complete all required software loads and load verification before you disconnect the load equipment.

To disconnect load equipment:

1. Remove power from the HSD-440 terminal (if applicable).

2. Turn off the computer (if applicable).

3. Disconnect the serial cable connector from the COM port.

4. Disconnect the serial cable connector from the HSD-440 terminal maintenance port.

2. Troubleshooting and Fault Isolation

This section provides troubleshooting procedures for HSD-440 terminals experiencing faults during the commissioning process or previously operational terminals now considered as not working.

Troubleshooting procedures require data obtained using the MPU of the HSD-440 terminals.

For specific instructions on how to access and use the maintenance port and MPU, refer to

"Connection Requirements" on page 4-3.

A. Troubleshooting Practices

Troubleshooting practices for the HSD-440 terminal fall into two categories: non-specific and specific complaints.

23-15-30

4-43

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

(1) Non-specific Complaints

When troubleshooting terminals with non-specific complaints, complete all system

verification and functional tests starting on page 4–23. Document whether the terminal

passes or fails each test.

If the terminal passes all tests and no fault is discovered, all associated equipment and aircraft wiring should be tested.

If the terminal fails a specific test, isolate the actual fault or faults by performing the troubleshooting procedures provided in this section.

(2) Specific Complaints

When troubleshooting terminals with specific complaints, you can proceed directly to the applicable troubleshooting and fault isolation procedure provided in this section.

B. Equipment Required

The equipment required for troubleshooting and fault isolation is the same as the

equipment required for test purposes, as listed in "Test and Fault Isolation Equipment

Requirements" on page 4-1.

C. Troubleshooting Aids

This section presents examples of maintenance screens and troubleshooting tables to assist in troubleshooting and fault isolation activities. The exact screen display may vary depending on the version of the terminal's operational software and installation configuration mode.

NOTE: The screens used in the figures presented in this section may have been edited for clarity and illustrative purposes.

(1) Fault Isolation Screen Displays

Figure 4-23 to Figure 4-33 provide example maintenance screens for reference and

illustration purposes. time 8.6 seconds: powering on channel card #2 card is already on

SENDING FIRST OC_RESTART COMMAND time 22.1 seconds CHAN #2 CONTROL PROCESSOR TRIGGERING ORR IN AORE!!

SENDING FIRST OC_RESTART COMMAND time 22.5 seconds CHAN #1 CONTROL PROCESSOR TRIGGERING ORR IN AORE!!

10:45:14 #1 ABC123 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration

32.0 C 54 dB Hz

10:45:15 #2 ABC456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration

32.0 C 55 dB Hz

10:45:18 #2 ABC456 E5 stop 8301 ACSE successful ORR 32.0 C 54 dB Hz

10:45:19 #1 ABC123 E5 stop 8306 ACSE successful ORR 32.0 C 54 dB Hz

Figure 4-23 Successful OR Registration (report 21 activated)

23-15-30

4-44

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

10:45:14 #1 ABC123 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration

32.0 C 54 dB Hz

10:45:15 #2 ABC456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration

32.0 C 55 dB Hz

10:45:19 #1 ABC123 E5 stop xxxx ORR FAIL 32.0 C 54 dB Hz

Figure 4-24 Failed OR Registration

15:14:08 dop 0 ppb az 112.2 deg el 12.2 deg AORE ant gain 12.0 (p/t)

CHAN #1: C/No=51.8 dB Hz sig=-32.2 dB 42.5 C no call beam=4

CHAN #2: C/No=51.5 dB Hz sig=-32.6 dB 42.5 C no call beam=4

CHAN #3: C/No=48.9 dB Hz sig=-24.2 dB 41.0 C log on beam=4

CHAN #4: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz sig= -0.0 dB 41.5 C no call beam=4

45D0'0.0"N 75D0'0.2"W PT 0.0D RL 0.0D HD 0.0D TK 0.0D 0 knots 0 ft

Figure 4-25 No Call (report 23)

15:15:04 #1 442BF5 E4 start 800124 14.00 dBW mobile aero 64k speech 42.5 C 52 dB Hz

15:15:03 dop 0 ppb az 112.2 deg el 12.2 deg AORE ant gain 12.0 (p/t)

CHAN #1: C/No=51.8 dB Hz sig=-32.6 dB 42.5 C speech beam=4

CHAN #2: C/No=51.6 dB Hz sig=-33.4 dB 42.5 C no call beam=4

CHAN #3: C/No=48.9 dB Hz sig=-24.5 dB 41.0 C log on beam=4

CHAN #4: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz sig= -0.0 dB 41.0 C no call beam=4

45D0'0.0"N 75D0'0.2"W PT 0.0D RL 0.0D HD 0.0D TK 0.0D 0 knots 0 ft

Figure 4-26 In Call—Swift64 Voice Call on Channel 1 (reports 21 and 23)

12:43:55 dop**** az 285.4 deg el 15.3 deg AOR EAST ant gain 12 (p/t)

CARD #1: C/No=52.9 dB/Hz sig=-33.9 dB 27 C no call beam=4

CARD #2: C/No=52.9 dB/Hz sig=-34.2 dB 27 C no call beam=4

************ *********** ********* ******** ********* ******* *******

CARD #1: C/No=52.4.0 dB/Hz sig=-33.6 dB 27 C in call beam=4

CARD #2: C/No=52.4 dB/Hz sig=-34.5 dB 27 C no call beam=4

************ *********** ********* ******** ********* ******* *******

Figure 4-27 No IRS Data (report 23 activated)

23-15-30

4-45

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

FORWARD ID TABLE -- VERSION 1

**** strapping identifies forward id ffffff -- not in table ****

**** eeprom forward id 000000 not in table *****

7.6 SECONDS: EEPROM FORCES STAND-ALONE MODE time 18.0 seconds: powering on channel card #1 time 18.0 seconds: powering on channel card #2

** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** WARNINGS ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** *

CHANNEL CARD FORWARD ID IS ZERO

** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** **

Figure 4-28 FWD ID Not in EEPROM (no reports activated)

FORWARD ID TABLE -- VERSION 1

**** eeprom forward id 000000 not in table *****

5.5 SECONDS: STAND-ALONE MODE

Figure 4-29 ICAO ID Not Strapped

23-15-30

4-46

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

MENU 3 FIRMWARE Vx.x

L list EEPROM S list event log

C clear event log M misc. EEPROM parameter

F list call log G clear call log

O list ORT P ocean region parameter

I set all LES id's

<CTRL> N next menu <CTRL> O previous menu = select reports

G clear call log

<CTRL> N next menu <CTRL> O previous menu = select reports

HPA ERROR CODE 1800 hit '0' for complete log '1' for 'special' events '-' for specific entry

FAULT (ENTRY #1428): address ABC123: 30 seconds after powerup powerup #204 389 hours operation Jan 01 14:19:39 2006

ERROR CODE 40

HPA FAULT -- 0x1800

HPA MAINTENANCE WORD NOT REPORTING HGA ANTENNA

HPA STATUS WORD NOT REPORTING HGA ANTENNA

Continuous Power Requests From LES, Report 21 activated:

10:51:26 #2 ABC456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 30

C 54 dB/Hz

10:51:26 #1 ABC123 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 29

C 54 dB/Hz

10:51:27 #2 ABC456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 30 C

10:51:27 #1 ABC123 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 29 C

10:51:27 #1 ABC123 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 29

C 0 dB/Hz

10:51:27 #2 ABC456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 30

C 0 dB/Hz

10:51:29 #1 ABC123 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 29

C 54 dB/Hz

10:51:29 #2 ABC456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 30

C 54 dB/Hz

10:51:29 #2 ABC456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 30 C

Figure 4-30 No Strap on SDI Lines, Open (no reports activated)

23-15-30

4-47

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Log-on password entered: "Maint"

MENU 1 FIRMWARE Vx.x

X override forward id L test LEDs

Y explain error status U list event log (hex)

F print equipment stats M clear equipment stats

<CTRL> N next menu <CTRL> O previous menu = select reports

HPA UNCONTROLLED

Y command entered:

HPA MAINTENANCE WORD REPORTING ARINC ERROR

HPA MAINTENANCE WORD NOT REPORTING HGA ANTENNA

HPA STATUS WORD REPORTING INVALID SSM 1 (NO COMPUTED DATA)

HPA STATUS WORD NOT REPORTING HGA ANTENNA

Event log messages:

MENU 3 FIRMWARE Vx.x

L list EEPROM S list event log

C clear event log M misc. EEPROM parameter

F list call log G clear call log

O list ORT P ocean region parameter

I set all LES id's

<CTRL> N next menu <CTRL> O previous menu = select reports

FAULT (ENTRY #1422): address ABC123: 30 seconds after powerup

powerup #203 389 hours operation Jun 03 11:15:07 2003

ERROR CODE 40

HPA FAULT -- 0x1c80

HPA MAINTENANCE WORD REPORTING ARINC ERROR

HPA MAINTENANCE WORD NOT REPORTING HGA ANTENNA

HPA STATUS WORD REPORTING INVALID SSM 1 (NO COMPUTED DATA)

HPA STATUS WORD NOT REPORTING HGA ANTENNA

Figure 4-31 Wrong Strap on SDI Lines (TP5A to GND)

11:47:43 #2 ABC456 E4 stop 8301 ACSE successful ORR 30 C 50 dB/Hz

11:47:46 #1 ABC123 E5 stop 8301 ACSE successful ORR 28 C 50 dB/Hz

11:47:55 #1 ABC123 E5 start 800124 14.00 dBW mobile aero 64k speech 29 C 47 dB/Hz

11:47:57 #1 ABC123 E5 start 800124 22.50 dBW mobile aero 64k speech 28 C 47 dB/Hz calling 0116135919064#

11:48:10 #1 ABC123 E5 stop 11d2 call failed, insufficient digits in service address

28 C 0 calling 0116135919064#

Figure 4-32 Incorrect Dialing Format (report 52 enabled)

23-15-30

4-48

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

OMNIDIRECTIONAL MODE open loop tracking port/top active HGA LNA on port maintenance 0x00600003 port ant: status 608033 SDI=ACU gain 12 maint 600003 SDI=ACU port ant: status 608033 SDI=ACU gain 12 maint 600003 SDI=ACU port ant: status 608033 SDI=ACU gain 12 maint 600003 SDI=ACU port ant: status 608033 SDI=ACU gain 12 maint 600003 SDI=ACU port ant: status 608033 SDI=ACU gain 12 maint 600003 SDI=ACU port status: 0x608033 SDI: ACU SSM: NORMAL OPERATION gain: 12

Figure 4-33 Top/Port Antenna Status (reports 18, 19, and 20 activated)

(2) Troubleshooting Table

Table 4-22 provides troubleshooting procedures for basic HSD-440 terminal faults.

Before starting a troubleshooting procedure, access the HSD-440 terminal MPU using the maint

password. For detailed connection and user instructions, see "Connection

Requirements" on page 4-3.

23-15-30

4-49

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 4-22 Troubleshooting and Fault Isolation

Fault

Red LED remains on after powering up sequence

HPA error status

Description

• HPA fault

Maintenance

Report

View initial power-up display of the

HSD-440 terminal MPU

• reporting invalid SSM

• HPA not reporting status word 143

• HPA not reporting maintenance word

350

To obtain an explanation of the HPA error status, in Menu

1, press Y

• HPA maintenance word reporting

ARINC error

• HPA maintenance word not reporting

HGA antenna

• HPA maintenance word reporting

Voltage Standing

Wave Ratio (VSWR) error

• HPA maintenance word reporting

Random Access

Memory (RAM) error

• HPA reporting

Read-only Memory

(ROM) error

• HPA maintenance word reporting power supply error

• HPA maintenance word reporting temperature error

Check

Verify that:

• the terminal is well seated in the

ARINC tray

• the LES ID Code is programmed

(Menu 3, option I).

• Check that the external power source is properly connected and meets installation requirements.

• Check that the transmit path from

HSD-440 terminal output (MPC1) to the antenna subsystem (e.g., coaxial cables, splitters, and relays).

• Check that the installation location meets the RTCA/DO-160E environmental specifications.

• Check for proper fan-tray operation and air-cooling.

• Verify the fan-tray plug distribution is as per the installation requirements.

23-15-30

4-50

24 JUN 09

Fault

Call failure

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 4-22 Troubleshooting and Fault Isolation (Continued)

Description

IRS information not available

System does not log onto the broadbeam

System does not log onto the correct OR

Terminal is not transmitting

Maintenance

Report

Activate maintenance reports 21 and

See Figure 4-27

Check

• Check that the IRS systems are powered on and aligned.

• Check that connections to the IRS systems are secured.

• Check the polarity of IRS input lines.

• If no IRS data is available, use Menu

10 to manually input navigational data to point the antenna to a preferred satellite location and try the call again.

Activate maintenance reports 21 and

See Figure 4-24

Activate maintenance reports 21 and

• Check that the IRS data is received and valid.

• Make sure that a valid FWD ID is read.

• Verify that the antenna is pointing in the correct direction.

• Make sure that LES access codes are configured correctly.

• Verify all coaxial connections.

• Check that the IRS data is received and valid.

• Check for antenna line-of-sight interference.

See Figure 4-24

Activate maintenance reports 21 and

• Check for a defective or loose RF cables.

• Verify that the Rx RF level is acceptable.

• Check RF power level displayed in maintenance port menu report 21; the

EIRP should be requested at

14.00 dBW, but when in call, power level should increase to 22.5 dBW and then level off to approximately 18.5 dBW, but somewhere between 14.5 -

22.5 is acceptable. Levels at the extremes may indicate a problem, especially if calls are hard to complete or being torn down by the LES for undetermined reasons. Check with your ISP help desk.

• Make sure that the HSD-440 terminal is secured properly to the ARINC connector in the tray.

23-15-30

4-51

24 JUN 09

Fault

Call failure

(cont’d)

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 4-22 Troubleshooting and Fault Isolation (Continued)

Description

ICAO ID is invalid or strapped incorrectly;

FWD ID is invalid or incorrectly entered in

EEPROM

Maintenance

Report

Check

Activate maintenance report 21

See Figure 4-28

• The account registration process has not been completed. Check your account status with your service provider to make sure that the account registration has been processed into the LES databases and your account is valid.

To check FWD

ID/ICAO ID, in

Menu 4, press Q

• If the message, Channel card stuck in boot state appears in the event log, check that the assigned FWD IDs are entered correctly and ICAO is strapped correctly.

Terminal is strapped to an incorrect system mode of installation

In Menu 3, press

L (List

EEPROM)

• Verify the system mode strapping is correct.

• Reset the system and observe the initialization display; it shows that the

HSD-440 terminal is powering up and displays the terminal’s self-test results. The Initialization display lists the installation mode configuration for the terminal.

• If the mode displayed is not strapped or is incorrectly strapped, a temporary setting may be used. In Menu 3, press

M (misc. EEPROM parameters), then type 16 (channel card category) and configure the HSD-440 terminal to the correct mode. Reset the terminal and try the call again.

Dialing sequence was incomplete or incorrect

Activate reports

21 and 52

See Figure 4-25

• Verify the number you are calling and try the number again.

• Make sure that you end the dialing sequence by pressing POUND KEY.

Pressing POUND KEY at the end of the dialing string signals the system to send the call.

23-15-30

4-52

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 4-22 Troubleshooting and Fault Isolation (Continued)

Fault

Logon request fails

Incoming call failure

Description

Terminal is not transmitting

Maintenance

Report

Activate maintenance reports 21 and

See Figure 4-24

Check

• Check for defective or loose cables.

• Check for antenna line-of-sight interference.

• Check for HPA fault.

• Make sure that the HSD-440 terminal is secured properly to the ARINC connector in the tray.

• Make sure that your account is current and active.

Terminal is not receiving

Activate maintenance reports 21 and

• Check for defective or loose cables.

• Make sure that the antenna subsystem DLNA is powered.

• Check for antenna line-of-sight interference.

• Verify that the ICAO ID is valid, activated, and strapped correctly.

• Make sure that your account is current and active.

• Make sure that the HSD-440 terminal is secured properly to the ARINC connector in the tray.

Incoming call shows as a successful connection in report 23, but call does not ring through to the external device (telephone, computer, fax).

Activate reports

21 and 23

• Check the connection between the

HSD-440 terminal and the external device.

• Check configuration of external devices is correct. MSN must be configured correctly for each device connected to the system.

• If MSNs are not programmed in the user devices, incoming calls will ring all devices—MSNs cannot be assigned to some devices.

NOTE: Zero is an invalid entry.

23-15-30

4-53

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Fault

Logon successful, but fails to complete call

HSD-440 terminal is operating outside the normal environmental specifications

Table 4-22 Troubleshooting and Fault Isolation (Continued)

Description

Authorization error

(fault code 12C4)

Channel card temperature fault

Maintenance

Report

Check

Activate reports

21 and 23

• Contact your service provider to verify that the FWD ID is activated.

See Figure 4-24

See Figure 4-27

• Check that the FWD ID is entered correctly.

• Check that IRS data is available and correct.

• Check that the Veh Rel Az/EL to

Satellite is correct.

• Check that all coaxial cable connections are secure.

• Check that the Rx C/No value is greater than 50 dB/Hz.

• Check that the antenna is functioning.

• Check that the LES access codes are valid.

• Contact your service provider and verify that they can "see" your Tx signal. To contact the LES operator, dial 33 #.

• Contact service provider and request that they place an incoming call to the terminal.

• Check the reported HPA back-off in report 21. The signal should initialize at 14 dBW and increase after handshake to approximately

22.5 dBW, then slowly decrease

(typically to between 16.5 dBW and

21.5 dBW with a lower limit of

14.5 dBW).

Activate report

21 or 23

• Check channel card temperature; temperatures over 50° C may cause the HSD-440 terminal to shut down.

• Check that the fan tray is operational.

• Verify that the tray plug distribution is the same as presented in the installation requirements.

23-15-30

4-54

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table 4-22 Troubleshooting and Fault Isolation (Continued)

Fault

Calls do not complete and connection is not established

Description

Channel Congestion

(fault code 1851)

Maintenance

Report

Check

Activate reports

21 and 23

• Wait five minutes and try the call again.

• Contact the LES to verify congestion.

To contact the LES operator, dial 33 #.

No call request sent Activate report

• Verify that the call dial string is correct; pressing the POUND KEY at the end of the dialing string signals the system to send the call.

• Check that the HSD-440 terminal is transmitting by ensuring the LED power indicator flashes on and off

(1 Hz) during a call request.

• Check that the ISDN, Ethernet, or

POTS cable is connected correctly and securely.

No dial tone heard in handset

Activate report

• Confirm that ISDN lines are wired correctly.

• Verify that handset connection is secure.

• Wait a few minutes for the system to warm up, then log on and try your call again.

• Check that IRS data is available.

• Verify that the terminal has completed beam registration.

• Verify that the ICAO is valid and active.

Call drops after successful connection

If the RF signal fades significantly (during a call), the connection may drop.

NOTE: A sudden, severe aircraft banking angle may obstruct the signal long enough (>15 sec.) to drop a call.

Activate reports

21 and 23

• Ensure system is at a LOG ON state

• Check signal strength.

C/No greater than or equal to 50 dB.

• Make sure that there is a clear, unobstructed, line of sight to the satellite.

• Select an alternate satellite or beam and try your call again.

NOTE: This troubleshooting procedure works if you are located where more than one beam overlaps or satellite is in view.

23-15-30

4-55

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

D. Fault Isolation and Diagnostic Procedures

This section provides basic information required for technical personnel to isolate faults in HSD-440 terminals. Where needed, refer to other sections of this manual (which contain important information to aid in understanding the function of the terminal) for additional information.

(1) General

Fault isolation procedures are usually conducted on equipment that falls within one of the following categories:

• Terminals that have failed to pass operational and installation verification procedures

• Terminals that have failed during service

• Terminals repaired and returned to service

Perform all fault isolation procedures provided in this section. Record and document all test results, including LEDs function and maintenance port data outputs (reports

21 and 23).

Enable reports 18, 19, and 20 (port) or items 6, 7, and 8 (Starboard) to record antenna,

ACU, and DLNA related faults. Enable other reports as required.

CAUTION: BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH FAULT ISOLATION PROCEDURES,

REFER TO THE "SAFETY ADVISORIES" ON PAGE INTRO-6.

(2) Saving a Diagnostic Reports File

Diagnostic reports are helpful in troubleshooting the HSD-440 terminal. Capturing maintenance port information from the HSD-440 terminal and forwarding the file to

EMS SATCOM technical support staff will assist in troubleshooting suspected

HSD-440 terminal problems. Instructions on how to activate and save "reports"

information is provided in "Saving a Diagnostic Reports File" on page 4-56.

To save a diagnostics reports file:

1. Open a log file on the maintenance port, terminal program. (If you are using

HyperTerminal, use the "Transfer, capture text" function.)

2. Power the system on or if applicable reset the system.

3. Enter maintenance mode on the maintenance port using maint as the password.

4. To activate reports 21 and 23 and toggle off all other reports, press EQUAL SIGN.

5. To save these reports as default, press S. This enables the user to view these reports on subsequent HSD-440 terminal power-ups or Reset entries.

6. Reset the system by cycling the power to the terminal; pressing the reset button on the HSD-440 terminal front panel; or, in Menu 2, pressing Z.

NOTE: The HSD-440 terminal must be logged on to the Aero H+ service.

7. Log on to the maintenance port using the password: maint

The system restarts and ocean registration takes place (approximately two minutes).

8. To display Menu 2, press CTRL+N.

23-15-30

4-56

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

9. To display the software versions of the system, press V.

10. Make a call from the system or execute the procedure or sequence that causes the call failure. Make a note of the call progress. For example: Did you get a dial tone? Was the call successful?

11. If applicable, attempt calls from the remaining channel.

12. To display the current reports profile of the system (as noted in step 4), press

EQUAL SIGN.

13. To save an alternate reports configuration, activate the required items, and then, to save to EEPROM, press S in the reports menu.

14. To display the ORT List, press CTRL+N until Menu 3 appears, and then press O.

(The ORT list displays one terminal screen of information at a time. To display the next screen, press O.)

15. To list the complete event log, in Menu 3:

• press S (list event log)

• press 0 (list complete log)

• press PERIOD (list all remaining entries)

16. To list the complete call log, in Menu 3:

• press F (list call log)

• press F again (list complete log)

• press PERIOD (list all remaining entries)

• for extended information, press X

17. Close the log file on the terminal program.

18. The log file is in text format (.txt file). Open the file and add notes to the beginning of the file indicating:

• System serial number (from the label on the front of the terminal)

• Aircraft ID and customer name

• Any notes about the problems encountered

• Contact name, telephone number, and e-mail address

• E-mail the log file to EMS SATCOM technical support at [email protected]

3. Adjustment/Alignment Procedures

There are no adjustment/alignment procedures required for HSD-440 terminals.

4. Modification History

The HSD-440 terminal currently has no history of modifications.

23-15-30

4-57

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Blank Page

23-15-30

4-58

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR

This section provides maintenance and repair information for the HSD-440 terminal, including the following sections:

•

Maintenance

•

Repair

•

Instructions for Continued Airworthiness

1. Maintenance

The HSD-440 terminal does not require routine maintenance.

2. Repair

All repair procedures must be completed by qualified technicians at EMS SATCOM-approved repair facilities.

A. Repair Tools and Supplies

No special supplies are required to repair this equipment.

HSD-440 terminals that require service must be returned to EMS SATCOM or to an EMS

SATCOM-approved service center. Refer to "Test and Fault Isolation" on page 4-1 for

terminal testing requirements and procedures.

B. Repair Procedures

This equipment does not require any special repair procedures.

C. Removal Procedures

If an HSD-440 terminal must be removed from service for repair, remove power, disconnect all equipment from the terminal and then remove it from the ARINC tray.

D. Repair Facility Approvals

EMS SATCOM, located at 400 Maple Grove Road in Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, is a

Transport Canada Approved Maintenance Organization (AMO). In accordance with the

Technical Arrangement on Maintenance between Canada and the European aviation authority JAA, and due to the Bilateral Agreement between Canada and the United States aviation authority FAA, EMS SATCOM conforms to the maintenance requirements of JAR

145 and FAR 145 respectively.

E. Return for Repair Information

To return equipment to EMS SATCOM for repair, follow the Return Materials Authorization procedure. Failure to comply with this procedure may cause shipping delays and additional charges.

23-15-30

5-1

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

(1) Warranty Returns

Equipment that qualifies for warranty repair can be returned to EMS SATCOM for repair or replacement at our discretion. The customer shall pay the shipping costs to

EMS SATCOM and EMS SATCOM will pay for the shipping costs to return the repaired/replaced terminal to the customer.

(2) Non-Warranty Returns

Equipment that fails to work properly because of improper or negligent use, abuse, shipping damage, or any other condition can still be returned to EMS SATCOM for repair or replacement at our discretion. The customer will be notified of the cost to repair or replace the terminal prior to invoicing for the repair or replacement. The customer shall pay for the shipping costs to and from EMS SATCOM.

(3) Repackaging Requirements

An HSD-440 terminal returned to EMS SATCOM must be returned in its original shipping container. Failure to do so may invalidate the warranty. If an HSD-440 terminal shipping container is unavailable, the customer must request a replacement container from EMS SATCOM or assume responsibility for the packaging and shipping.

(4) Return Materials Authorization (RMA) Procedure

If it is determined that a terminal must be returned to EMS SATCOM for repair or overhaul, please follow the RMA procedure below.

1. Have the following information ready before calling EMS SATCOM Product

Support:

• Model (e.g., HSD-440 terminal)

• Terminal part number (e.g., 1252-A-3400)

• Serial number

• Description of failure

• Aircraft tail number, serial number, and aircraft model number

2. Call EMS SATCOM Product Support at 1-888-300-7415 (North America) or

+1-613-591-3086 (rest of the world).

3. An EMS SATCOM Product Support Specialist will attempt to resolve the problem by telephone. If the terminal must be returned to EMS SATCOM, the Product

Support Specialist will authorize the R&O Coordinator to issue an RMA Number.

4. Pack the HSD-440 terminal in the original shipping container or an EMS

SATCOM-approved shipping-container.

23-15-30

5-2

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

5. Write the RMA number on the outside of the shipping container and on all shipping documents, enclose a copy in the box, and send your prepaid shipment to:

EMS SATCOM (867480857)

400 Maple Grove Road

Ottawa, Ontario,

CANADA K2V 1B8

RMA #: ___________

ATTN: Repair & Overhaul

Tel: 613 591-6040 extension 1214

Fax: 613 591-8951

Email: [email protected]

6. Fax or email the details of the shipment to the R&O Coordinator, including the following information: Shipment date, carrier name and the waybill number.

NOTE: The processing of LRU returns is limited to standard business hours from

8:30 am to 5:00 pm EST. For General inquires and status requests, please contact the R&O department directly:

Phone: 613-591-9064, extension 1214 (R&O group)

Email: [email protected]

Fax: 613-591-8951

3. Instructions for Continued Airworthiness

This section presents the instructions for continued airworthiness, as per FAR 25.1529, of the

HSD-440 terminal.

Installation of the HSD-440 terminal on an aircraft by supplemental type certificate (STC) or

Form 337 obligates the aircraft operator to include the maintenance information supplied by this manual in the operator's Aircraft Maintenance manual and the operator's Aircraft

Scheduled Maintenance Program.

The following paragraphs describe all maintenance requirements and instructions for continued airworthiness of the HSD-440 terminal.

• Add the LRU part numbers and other necessary part numbers contained in this manual to the aircraft operator's appropriate, aircraft illustrated parts catalog (IPC).

• Add all wiring diagram information contained in this manual to the aircraft operator's appropriate aircraft Wiring Diagram Manuals.

• HSD-440 terminals are considered on-condition units. No additional or routine maintenance is required.

• If an HSD-440 terminal is inoperative, remove the terminal, secure cables and wiring, collar applicable switches and circuit breakers, and placard them as inoperative. Before flight, revise the equipment list and weight and balance data as applicable and record the removal of the terminal in the log book [refer to section 91.213 of the FAR or the aircraft's

23-15-30

5-3

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal minimum equipment list (MEL)].

• HSD-440 terminals are not field-repairable. All terminals must be returned to the EMS

SATCOM factory or authorized repair centers for repair.

• Repaired terminals must be re-installed on the aircraft in accordance with the instructions provided in this manual. The operation of all repaired terminals must be verified using the operational verification tests and procedures provided in this manual before being approved for return to service. All special tools required to test the terminal for approval

for return to service are listed and described in "Test and Fault Isolation" on page 4-1.

Approval for return to service must be entered in the logbook as required by section 43.9 of the FAR.

• The following scheduled maintenance tasks must be added to the aircraft operator's appropriate aircraft maintenance program:

• Recommended periodic scheduled servicing tasks: None required.

• Recommended periodic inspections: None required.

• Recommended periodic scheduled preventative maintenance tests (tests to determine system condition and/or latent failures): None required.

23-15-30

5-4

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

PPENDIX

A: I

NMARSAT

ATELLITE

EAM

OVERAGE

Inmarsat operates strategically placed geostationary satellites called I-3 and I-4. I-3 satellites provide access to services such as Swift64 and Aero H/H+, and I-4 satellites provide access to SBB services.

Each I-3 satellite is located over and named after an OR. The four satellite ORs are:

• Atlantic Ocean Region-East (AOR-E)

• Atlantic Ocean Region-West (AOR-W)

• Indian Ocean Region (IOR)

• Pacific Ocean Region (POR)

Figure A-1 represents the satellite ORs with approximate transfer coordinates for satellite

transitions.

Figure A-1 Satellite ORs

The four satellite ORs are made up of smaller, spot-beam coverage areas. The following maps show the Inmarsat satellite spot-beam coverage for the four ORs, and a composite map of the four regions combined.

NOTE: Figure A-2 and Figure A-3 depict Inmarsat's expectations of coverage but do not

represent a guarantee of service and should not be relied upon. The availability of service at the edge of coverage areas fluctuates depending upon a variety of conditions.

23-15-30

A-1

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Figure A-2 Inmarsat I3 Satellite Beam Coverage—Composite Map

23-15-30

A-2

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Figure A-3 Inmarsat I-3 Satellite Beam Coverage—OR Maps

At the time of publishing, three I-4 satellites are in service: Americas, EMEA and

Asia-Pacific.

Figure A-4 shows the area that is covered by the I-4 satellites.

23-15-30

A-3

26 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Figure A-4 I-4 Satellite Coverage Map

23-15-30

A-4

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

PPENDIX

B: T

ROUBLESHOOTING

HECKLIST

Before performing the detailed testing and troubleshooting procedures provided in this manual, read the following Troubleshooting Checklist. Use the Troubleshooting Checklist to make sure that you have not missed any key steps in the HSD-440 terminal setup.

1. Have you registered with a service provider to activate service?

You must register with an Inmarsat-authorized service provider to activate an account to access the Satellite Communications network using an HSD-440 terminal. Contact

Inmarsat for a list of available service providers at:

Inmarsat Customer Care

99 City Road, London, EC1Y 1AX

Tel: +44 20 7728 1777

Fax: +44 20 7728 1142

E-mail: [email protected]

The ISN (supplied by EMS SATCOM) and ICAO address are required to activate an account.

2. Has your account been activated?

Once registered, your HSD-440 terminal is assigned Inmarsat Serial Numbers which include FWD IDs. The ICAO address of the HSD-440 terminal must be strapped

accordingly and FWD ID must be entered. Refer to "Installation" on page 3-1 for

detailed strapping and installation instructions.

NOTE: The service registration information may take a few days to be incorporated into the system databases at the LES level. New terminals being commissioned are not validated by the LES until their customer database has been updated by Inmarsat to reflect the registration and activation of your terminal.

NOTE: To verify that the service registration information has been validated at the

LES, call 33 # for assistance. Confirm with the LES operator that the FWD

IDs assigned to your terminal are valid and active.

3. Is the HSD-440 terminal seated properly?

In cases where the HSD-440 terminal is not fully seated into the ARINC 600 connector

(to the rear of the Fan Tray), the user may experience intermittent system operation.

If intermittent system operation occurs:

• Check that the polarization pins are installed correctly as indicated on the applicable

Outline and Installation diagram.

• Make sure that the HSD-440 terminal is fully inserted into the tray and that the front hold-down screws are properly tightened to secure the terminal.

4. Is all cabling attached correctly and securely?

Broken connections and improper cabling are the most common causes of HSD-440 terminal malfunctions. Before proceeding with testing and troubleshooting, complete the following checks:

• Check that all cables and wiring are routed and connected correctly and securely.

23-15-30

B-1

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

• Make sure that the terminal is installed with the correct power source.

• Verify that all external user and networking devices (for example: TAs, routers, fax, telephones, computers) are connected and configured properly.

5. Have any changes to the system been made?

For previously installed and functional terminals, make note of any changes made to the system since the last time the terminal functioned without problems.

• Were any new devices or systems connected to the terminal?

• Have any connecting devices or equipment been removed or replaced? If so, check that all new or replaced connections are attached and configured correctly.

• Have you changed service providers or re-configured the system in any way?

6. Are your LES Access Codes programmed for all ORs?

The system default for LES access codes is set to 0 (zero), which must be configured

to valid LES access codes before operation. Refer to "System Operation" on page

2-1 for details.

7. Was the operational mode of the system strapped or configured correctly?

Verify that the system mode wiring straps match the installation configuration mode.

Only Stand-Alone Mode is currently supported.

23-15-30

B-2

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

PPENDIX

C: RJ45 C

ABLE

ERMINATION

ETAILS

Figure C-1 RJ45 Cable Termination Details

23-15-30

C-1

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Blank Page

23-15-30

C-2

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

PPENDIX

D: I

NSTALLATION

LANNING

HECKLIST

Installation Planning Steps

1. Register the terminal

Record the following information (provided by EMS SATCOM upon purchase)

Terminal Category Type—A

Inmarsat Serial Numbers (ISN) x 2 1

Contact your Service Provider and provide the two 12-digit ISNs from above

Record the FWD IDs received (part of the ISN) and corresponding Inmarsat Mobile Numbers

(IMN)

1 2

FWD IDs

(last 6 digits of ISN)

IMNs

ISDN speech

ISDN

(3.1 kHz audio)

ISDN 56 kbps

ISDN 64 kbps

MPDS

Service Provider

LES Access Codes (depend on Service Provider)

AOR-W

AOR-E

IOR

POR

2. Pin Strapping

The following strapping is required

Item Strapped pins

System mode Stand-Alone Mode only

SDI

3. Wiring

23-15-30

D-1

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Installation Planning Steps

Antenna Multi-Control

BITE A/B

HPA Mute A/B

Power

ISDN:

Wire one ISDN line to the ISDN port.

ISDN-1

Ethernet:

Wire both Ethernet ports for SBB

Wire both Ethernet ports to deploy 2 separate networks

Inertial Navigation System (INS)

Analog Tip/Ring (POTS)

CEPT-E1, Future PBX applications (optional)

4. Configuration

Strap the ICAO address and program the FWD ID

Program the Land Earth Station (LES) Access Codes

Configure the CNX Cabin Gateway if required

Ethernet-1

Ethernet-2

Set the GES preferences using the EEPROM settings in Menu 3, option K.

23-15-30

D-2

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

PPENDIX

E: I

NSTALLATION

HECKLIST

Aircraft Identification:

HSD-440 Terminal Install.

Mode:

Checks completed by:

Approved/Witnessed by:

Name

HSD-440 Terminal

Model No.:

HSD-440 Terminal

Serial No.:

Signature Date

Section Parameter

Physical

Fan Tray

Item

Service/maintenance access

Environmental considerations—see

"Environmental Requirements" on page 3-4

Plug configuration—see "Fan Tray

Requirements" on page 3-4

Power

Connections

Chassis bonding—see "Chassis Grounding" on page 3-5

Fan rotation—unobstructed

ARINC 600 Con. Polarized pins

+ 28 V dc polarity

N/A 9 Value

115 V ac polarity

Chassis grounding

Voltage Levels + 28 V dc level

115 V ac level

IRS Input IRS wiring

IRS format

23-15-30

E-1

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

N/A 9 Section Parameter

Config. Strap

Pins

Ethernet

ISDN

Remotes

RF Coaxial

Antenna

Item

SDI

System configuration

ICAO address

WOW (optional)

Wired to RJ45 distribution points

Manual reset switch operation

Maintenance port (DB9 access)

Power and Fault indicators

Rx i/p cable loss

Tx o/p cable loss

Antenna manufacturer and type

Wired as per manufacturer

LES Access codes Configuration

System

Power-Up

Stand-Alone Mode

FWD ID

Visual LED indications

Power-up computer display

System Logon Reset message observed

Logon verified

Value

Optional Checks Ground segment

Flight segment

Move the aircraft in a circle and check the signal and C/No.

23-15-30

E-2

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

285

300

315

330

225

240

255

270

345

360

165

180

195

210

105

120

135

150

Heading

(Deg)

Antenna

Selected

HSD-440 terminal

Antenna

Azimuth

CH 1 CH 2 CH 3 CH 4

C/No Signal C/No Signal C/No Signal C/No Signal

23-15-30

E-3

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Blank Page

23-15-30

E-4

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

PPENDIX

F: ACARS/CMU M

ESSAGES

The ACARS/CMU communicates with the HSD-440 terminal using two types of communications: Broadcast messages and Bit Oriented Protocol (BOP) messages. Both types of communication are supported at the same time.

This section includes descriptions of the messages that the ACARS/CMU will transmit to the HSD-440 terminal and receive from the HSD-440 terminal.

(1) Understanding Broadcast Messages

In this communication type, the ACARS/CMU uses an ARINC 429 bus to convey status word exchanges, join/leave words, and other control and command communications to the HSD-440 terminal using conventional ARINC 429 broadcast techniques.

The ACARS/CMU can transmit messages to the HSD-440 terminal and receive messages from the HSD-440 terminal using this communication type.

(a) Understanding Messages Transmitted to the HSD-440 Terminal

The ACARS/CMU transmits broadcast mode messages, including identification and status words, to the HSD-440 terminal.

The rate at which the ACARS/CMU transmits messages to the HSD-440 terminal depends on the device from which the message is coming, as shown

in Table F-1.

Table F-1 ACARS/CMU Update Rates for Different Devices

CMU Input Port

Cabin Terminal 1

Cabin Terminal 2

CFDIU

X-Talk Bus

ACMS

FMC 1

FMC 2

HFDR 1

HFDR 2

MCDU 1

MCDU 2

MCDU 3

OOOI 1

OOOI 2

Printer

SDU 1

Activity Label

172

125

N/A

172

270

172

Aircraft specific

350

270

Minimum

Update Rate

(Hz)

N/A

23-15-30

F-1

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table F-1 ACARS/CMU Update Rates for Different Devices (Continued)

CMU Input Port

SDU 2

OOOI 3

OOOI 4

OOOI 5

OOOI 6

VDR 1

VDR 2

VDR 3

XPDR/ICAO 1

XPDR/ICAO 2

FMC HS 1

FMC HS 2

EFB-1

EFB-2

Activity Label

270

Aircraft specific

270

275

270

172

Minimum

Update Rate

(Hz)

Bit

For all devices connected to the ACARS/CMU, a bus is active when the

ACARS/CMU receives three consecutive words at the specified rate. A bus has failed when the ACARS/CMU fails to receive three consecutive words.

1. Understanding System Identification Label 172

Each ACARS/CMU transmits system identification label 172 (SAL 304) to the HSD-440 terminal. Attachment 6 from ARINC Characteristic 758 describes the word format of this label.

2. Understanding Status Word 1; Label 270

Each ACARS/CMU transmits status word 1 to the HSD-440 terminal. The standby ACARS/CMU checks to see if its status words are the same as the active ACARS/CMU using its cross-talk connections. In some cases, the

status words should be different, as shown in Table F-2.

Label

270

276

270

Table F-2 Status Word 1 Differences

Meaning

Determines the position of the ACARS/CMU in the cockpit;

see Table F-3

Determines the position of the ACARS/CMU in the cockpit;

see Table F-3

Determines the health of the ACARS/CMU

Determines which ACARS/CMU is active and which is on standby

23-15-30

F-2

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Bit

22-25

Table F-2 Status Word 1 Differences (Continued)

Label

276

Meaning

HF Status (HFDL Installed and HFDL Failed)

Determines whether an ACARS or CMU is installed; ACARS

= 1, CMU = 0

The ACARS/CMU transmits its position in the cockpit to the HSD-440

terminal using bits 9 and 10, as shown in Table F-3.

SDI 1 (bit 9)

Table F-3 Bits 9 and 10 Positions

SDI 2 (bit 10)

Position

Single

Left

Right

Not used

Attachment 6 from ARINC Characteristic 758 describes the word format of this label.

3. Understanding Status word 2; Label 276

Each ACARS/CMU transmits status word 2 to the HSD-440 terminal. The standby ACARS/CMU checks to see if its status words are the same as the active ACARS/CMU using its cross-talk connections. In some cases, the

status words should be different, as shown in Table F-3.

Attachment 6 from ARINC Characteristic 758 describes the word format of this label.

4. Understanding ICAO Address Words One and Two; Labels 214 and 216

Each ACARS/CMU transmits the same 24 bit ICAO address to the HSD-440

terminal via address words one and two. Table F-4 shows the labels and

their bit positions.

Table F-4 ICAO Address Words One and Two Labels

Label

214

216

Bits first 16 bits last 8 bits

Bit positions

14–29

13–20

Each ACARS/CMU identifies itself using bits 9 and 10, as shown in Table F-3.

If straps on the HSD-440 terminal ARINC 600 connector are present, they will override the ICAO address content of these words. ORT settings will also override the ICAO address if the override bit is set.

Attachment 6 from ARINC Characteristic 758 describes the word format of these labels.

23-15-30

F-3

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

5. Understanding FWD ID Address Word One and Two; Labels 220 and 221

Each ACARS/CMU transmits the same 24 bit FWD ID address to the

HSD-440 terminal. Table F-5 shows the labels and their bit positions.

Label

220

221

Table F-5 FWD ID Address Word One Labels

Bits first 16 bits last 8 bits

Bit positions

14–29

13–20

Since each Swift64 channel requires a FWD ID, additional FWD IDs may be derived from the first FWD ID using an internal lookup table. Each

ACARS/CMU can transmit a second FWD ID using address words identical to labels 220 and 221, but using labels 222 and 223, respectively. If the ORT contains a FWD ID, it will override the content of these words.

ARINC 781 Supplement 1 describes the word format of these labels.

6. Understanding Time Clock Time Word; Label 150

Each ACARS/CMU transmits the time word to the HSD-440 terminal on the

A429 bus. The format for the time word is shown in Table F-6.

Bit Position(s)

31–30

28–24

23–18

17–12

10–9

8–1

Table F-6 Time Clock Time Word Format

Label

SSM

Hours

Minutes

Seconds

Pad to Zero

SDI

Octal Label

SSM per A429P1

5 Bit binary for hours; 0–23

6 Bit binary for minutes; 0–59

6 Bit binary for seconds; 0–59

Binary 0

See Table F-3

150

Description

7. Understanding Time Clock Date Word; Label 260

Each ACARS/CMU transmits the date word to the HSD-440 terminal on the

A429 bus. The format for the date word is shown in Table F-7.

Bit Position(s)

31–30

29–28

27–24

22–19

Table F-7 Time Clock Date Word Format

Label

SSM

Description

SSM per A429P1

Tens of Days 2 Bit BCD for tens of days of calendar month; 0–3

Days 5 Bit BCD for days; 0–9

Tens of Months

Months

1 Bit BCD for tens of months; 0–1

4 bit BCD for months 0–9

23-15-30

F-4

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table F-7 Time Clock Date Word Format (Continued)

Bit Position(s)

18–15

14–11

10–9

8–1

Label

Tens of years years

SDI

Octal Label

Description

4 Bit BCD for tens of years 0–9

3 Bit BCD for years 0–9

See Table F-3

260

(b) Understanding Messages Received from the HSD-440 Terminal

The HSD-440 terminal transmits the following identification and status words to all ACARS/CMUs.

Table F-8 shows Attachment 6 from ARINC Characteristic 758, which describes

the rates at which the HSD-440 terminal transmits messages to the

ACARS/CMU.

125

150

260

270

276

214

Label

030

172

377

350

351

216

047

Table F-8 HSD-440 Terminal Transmission Rates

Name Rate

General

Output

Buses 1,2

General

Output

Buses

3,4

DFS/

UTC

X X

Comm

Output

Bus 4

Comm

Output

Buses

6,7

General

Output

Buses

5,9,10

X X X

DFS Tuning word 5/S

Subsystem

Identifier

1/S

1/S Equipment

Identifier

BITE Word 1

(Binary)

1/S

BITE Word 2

(Binary)

UTC BCD

1/S

UTC Binary

UTC BCD Date

ICAO 24-bit aircraft address word 1

ICAO 24-bit aircraft address word 2

DFS Autotune

Word 8.33 kHz

1/S

Status Output 1 1/S

Status Output 2 1/S

1/S

5/S

23-15-30

F-5

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

1. Understanding System Identification Label 172

The HSD-440 terminal transmits system identification label 172 (SAL 307) if it is a single HSD-440 terminal that should be identified as SDU 1, as per

ARINC 741 and ARINC 758. If the HSD-440 terminal should be identified as

SDU 2, it transmits label 172 (SAL 173).

You can find the SDU identity information in the ORT. If no information is available, the terminal identifies itself as SAL 307 by default.

ARINC 781 Supplement 1 describes the word format of these labels.

2. Understanding Status Word 1; Label 270

The HSD-440 terminal transmits status word 1 to the ACARS/CMU. The general format of status word 1 is defined in ARINC 781 Supplement 1;

however, the representation of each bit is shown in Table F-9.

Bit(s) Description

9–10 SDI (per ARINC

Specification 429

Section 2.1.4)

11 Data Link via CMU

Inactive

Table F-9 Status Word 1 Bits

If Set

• Set to 00 , all call

CMU 1 Inactive

Voice Unavailable

• Due to equipment failure, no active ARINC 429 input buses from the CMUs (also indicated by bits

12 and/or 19) or no logon

• CMU 1 transmission of a valid Label 270 is inactive

• Terminal is logged off or logged on to the Low Gain

System for reasons other than equipment failure; i.e., Low Gain Reversion because of operation in a key hole, very low elevation angles, or blockage

14 SELCAL

• Bit may be used to generate a cockpit advisory message (e.g., >SATCOM VOICE

UNAVAILABLE)

• Indicates that a new cockpit voice circuit has been established for a ground-initiated call

• Depending on the aircraft setting, this bit may result in a visual annunciation of the new call on the

EICAS/ECAM/EDU and activation of the cockpit chime

• Crew should refer to the EICAS/ECAM/EDU to determine which system is annunciating the call

• Bit should remain set until an appropriate acknowledgement is received

• Crew should make sure that the bit has been cleared in all transmitted samples for at least two seconds prior to being set, and then set for at least four seconds or until the annunciation is acknowledged, whichever occurs last

23-15-30

F-6

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Bit(s) Description

15 Message Alert with

Chime

Table F-9 Status Word 1 Bits (Continued)

If Set

• Refer to MCDU messages for timely information

16 Message Alert without

Chime

• Terminal should clear this bit once positive pilot response has been detected

• Refer to MCDU messages for routine information

Not Logged-On

Master/Slave

CMU 2 Inactive

Cockpit Fault

Cockpit Voice Fault

Voice Call 1

Voice Call 2

Voice Alert 1

Voice Alert 2

Cockpit Voice

Communication 1

Cockpit Voice

Communication 2

• Terminal should clear this bit once positive pilot response has been detected

• Terminal is not logged onto a ground station

• Originating terminal is the slave or the disabled unit in a dual installation

• CMU 2 transmission of valid Label 270 is detected inactive

• No cockpit voice nor CMU data transmissions via terminal are possible (due to equipment failure)

• No cockpit voice transmissions via terminal are possible due to equipment failure

• Terminal has detected a low priority (4) flight deck incoming voice call on channel 1

• Terminal has detected a low priority (4) flight deck incoming voice call on channel 2

• Terminal has detected a high priority (1, 2, or 3) flight deck incoming voice call on channel 1

• Terminal has detected a high priority (1, 2, or 3) flight deck incoming voice call on channel 2

• A cockpit voice communication is connected on channel 1

• A cockpit voice communication is connected on channel 2

• Reserved

23-15-30

F-7

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table F-9 Status Word 1 Bits (Continued)

Bit(s)

29 Data

Description If Set

• No active ACARS/CMU is available at the SDU, or the active ACARS/CMU does not respond with a

Loop Word in response to a Test Word

• This bit being set can be caused by the following:

• Bus inactivity on all ACARS/CMU inputs

• Bus activity, but no declared active

ACARS/CMU

• Bit may be used to set a cockpit advisory message

(e.g., >SATCOM DATA) indicating to the flight crew a loss of data link capability due to a failure in the

ACARS/CMU interface.

30–31 SSM (per ARINC

Specification 429,

Sections 2.1.5 and

2.1.5.3, except that 11 =

Not Defined)

Bits

Bits 8–1

Bits 16–9

3. Understanding Join/Leave Word; Label 271

Each of the Aeronautical Telecommunications Network (ATN) subnetworks transmits join and leave words to the ACARS/CMU whenever a path to a specified ground address changes.

The join event notifies the ACARS/CMU that a new path to a specified ground address is available, triggering ATN air-to-ground communications. The leave event notifies the ACARS/CMU that a path to a specified ground address has been closed, ending ATN air-to-ground communications.

Table F-10 shows the definitions of the bits in the join/leave word.

Bits 22–17

Table F-10 Join/Leave Word Bits

Defines

Word Label 271:

• Uses the A429 convention

• Coded as 10011101

GES ID:

• 0 is an invalid ID

• FF is used for all GESs

• ID numbers between 1 and FE are valid GES IDs

• GES ID is known to the HSD-440 terminal

Satellite ID

23-15-30

F-8

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Bits

Bits 25–23

Bits 28–26

Bit 29

Bits 31–30

Table F-10 Join/Leave Word Bits (Continued)

Defines

Inmarsat Service:

• Aero L 000

• Aero I 001

• Aero H 010

• Aero H+ 011

Not used; padded with zeros

Data link from the AES to the GES:

• Available (a Join message; Bit = 1)

• Not Available (a Leave message; Bit = 0)

• Identified by the GES ID and Satellite ID fields

• CMU uses this information to initiate networklayer virtual circuits with available ground routers by determining the ground routers’

DTE addresses from the provided GES identity

• Bits 9–16, (GES) and Bits 17–22 (Satellite ID) uniquely identify a GES

• Aero Service Type field may be used by the CMU to make routing decisions

SSM information (ARINC 429 para 2.1.5)

4. Understanding Fault Summary Word 1; Label 350

The HSD-440 terminal transmits fault summary word 1 to monitor the function of units that are part of or connected to the HSD-440 terminal. The

bits of this word are shown in Table F-11.

29–11

Bits

Table F-11 Fault Summary Word 1 Bits

11, 13, 16, 19, and 21

Use

Report systems as fail or OK

Report a fault

ARINC Characteristic 741 describes the word format of this label.

5. Understanding Fault Summary Word 2; Label 351

The HSD-440 terminal transmits fault summary word 2 to monitor the function of the ARINC 429 buses of the units that are part of or connected

to the HSD-440 terminal. The bits of this word are shown in Table F-12.

23-15-30

F-9

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table F-12 Fault Summary Word 2 Bits

29–11

Bits Use

Report systems as inactive or OK

13, 14, 15, 16 , 17, 21, and 24 Report that no bus activity is detected by the HSD-440 terminal

ARINC Characteristic 741 describes the word format of this label.

(2) Understanding BOP Messages

In BOP messages, the ACARS/CMU uses Version 1 of the BOP to convey non-broadcast-type messages between the aircraft and ground ends of the HSD-440 terminal, as published in ARINC 429 P3.

Timer values are set to the default definitions in ARINC Specification 429, as shown

in Table F-13, Table F-14, and Table F-15.

Event

Table F-13 BOP Events

Description

Max number of RTS repeats following NCTS

Max number of RTS repeats following Busy

Max number of RTS repeats following No response 5

Number of NAK words received before declaring failure of communication

Standard

Value

Number of SYN words received before declaring failure of communication

Max number of ALO repeats following No response 3

Time

Table F-14 Variables of Low-Speed BOP—Version 1

Description

CTS/NCTS send time

RTS repeat time after receipt of NCTS

Busy send time

RTS repeat time after receipt of Busy

RTS repeat time if no response

Min

Value

Max

Value

Timer or

Design Goal for Source or

Sink

Notes Reference

2.5.7

0 ms 100 ms

500 ms

700 ms

Goal for Sink 2

Timer for

Source

Goal for Sink 2 0 ms 100 ms

15 sec 18 sec Timer for

Source

2.5.7.2

2.5.7.3

500 ms

700 ms

Timer for

Source

2.5.7.4

23-15-30

F-10

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table F-14 Variables of Low-Speed BOP—Version 1 (Continued)

Time

Description

Time of random timer to resolve RTS conflicts

Increment of time T

Min

Value

Max

Value

Timer or

Design Goal for Source or

Sink

Notes Reference

Goal for Source 3 2.5.81

50 ms 500 ms

10 ms 100 ms

Goal for Source 3 2.5.81

ACK/NAK/SYN send time 0 ms 200 ms

LDU timeout following CTS 2.5 sec

2.7 sec

Goal for Sink 2

Timer for Sink

2.5.13

2.5.13.2

1.5.13.6

2.5.16

ACK/NAK timeout

Loop back send time

2.7 sec

3.0 sec

0 ms 100 ms

ALO repeat time if no response to ALO

SOT send time after receipt of CTS

0 ms 200 ms

Incomplete file timeout

200 ms

250 ms

ALR send time

2 min 2.2 min

0 ms 180 ms

ACK/NAK timeout after EOT 220 ms

330 ms

Timer for

Source

Goal for Sink 2

Timer for

Source

Goal for Source 2

Timer for Sink

Goal for Sink

Timer for

Source

2.5.17.1

2.5.19.1

2.5.10

2.5.14.3

2.5.19.1.2

2.5.16

Table F-15 Variables of High-Speed BOP—Version 1

Time

Description

Min

Value

Max

Value

Timer or

Design Goal for Source or

Sink

Notes Reference

Goal for Sink 2 2.5.7

CTS/NCTS send time

RTS repeat time after receipt of NCTS

0 ms 100 ms

100 ms

140 ms

Timer for

Source

Goal for Sink 2

2.5.7.2

2.5.7.3

Busy send time

RTS repeat time after receipt of Busy

0 ms 100 ms

1.0 sec

1.2 sec

RTS repeat time if no response

150 ms

200 ms

Timer for

Source

Timer for

Source

2.5.7.3

2.5.7.4

23-15-30

F-11

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table F-15 Variables of High-Speed BOP—Version 1 (Continued)

Time

Description

Time of random timer to resolve RTS conflicts

Increment of time T

Min

Value

Max

Value

Timer or

Design Goal for Source or

Sink

Notes Reference

Goal for Source 3 2.5.81

50 ms 500 ms

10 ms 100 ms

Goal for Source 3 2.5.81

ACK/NAK/SYN send time 0 ms 200 ms

LDU timeout following CTS 400 ms

440 ms

Goal for Sink 2

Timer for Sink

2.5.13

2.5.13.2

2.5.13.6

2.5.16

ACK/NAK timeout

Loop back send time

600 ms

660 ms

0 ms 100 ms

ALO repeat time if no response to ALO

200 ms

250 ms

SOT send time after receipt of CTS

0 ms 100 ms

Timer for

Source

Goal for Sink 2

Timer for

Source

Goal for Source 2

2.5.17.1

2.5.19.1

2.5.10

Incomplete file timeout

ALR send time

10 sec 11 sec Timer for Sink

0 ms 180 ms

Goal for Sink 2

ACK/NAK timeout after EOT 220 ms

330 ms

Timer for

Source

2.5.14.3

2.5.19.1.2

2.5.16

(a) Understanding BOP Options

The HSD-440 terminal uses the following BOP options for the ACARS/CMU interface. The ORT specifies the values for these options. If no information is

available, then the options default to the values shown in Table F-16.

Option

Table F-16 BOP Option Defaults

Value

Half

ORT value High or Low Speed Bus

Low speed is default

Notes

Half or Full Duplex Operation

Automatic CTS when ready

Accept Automatic CTS

Yes

(high-speed data terminal)

System Priority to Resolve RTS Conflict

-Spare

23-15-30

F-12

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table F-16 BOP Option Defaults (Continued)

Option Value

Yes

Spare

Use of SOLO word

O10

O11

O12

Yes

Notes

(TEST/LOOP)

Spare

Destination code in RTS/CTS /NCTS/BUSY Used

Bit-Protocol verification

Use subsystem SAL from ALO word

(b) Understanding LDUs and File Size

BOP messages use Link Data Units (LDUs) encoded in binary octets to transmit data. LDUs conform to the following rules:

• The data is transmitted from a source and is received by a sink.

• LDUs consist of a set of contiguous ARINC 429 32 bit data words.

• The initial data word of each LDU shall be a Start of Transmission (SOT) word.

• The end data word of each LDU shall be an End of Transmission (EOT).

• No data file shall exceed 255 LDUs.

LDUs may vary in size from 3 to 255 ARINC 429 words. The minimum LDU consists of one SOT word, one data word, and one EOT word, and the maximum

LDU consists of one SOT, 253 data words, and one EOT.

The HSD-440 terminal calculates word count when it organizes an LDU for transmission. The word count appears in the RTS and CTS data words. See

"Understanding Protocol Words" on page F-15.

(d) Understanding Word Format

The general word format of a BOP word is given in ARINC 429 (Attachment 11,

Table 11-A). The bit definitions are shown in Table F-17.

Bit Position

8-1

24-9

28-25

31-29

Table F-17 BOP Word Format

Description

SAL

Data (28-9 for full data words)

GFI, Control Data or Word Type Extensions

Word Type

Parity Bit

23-15-30

F-13

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

1. Understanding SALs

The HSD-440 terminal sends LDUs by point to point by using a label field to carry the destination SAL; therefore, each LDU that the HSD-440 terminal sends is prefixed by the SAL for the ACARS/CMU, SAL 304.

The SAL for the HSD-440 terminal is 307 (if designated SDU 1) or 173 (if designated SDU 2). See ARINC 429, Part 1, attachment 1-1 for a complete list of all SALs.

2. Understanding Data

Data is sent in 4 or 5 nibble words. See "Understanding Word Types" on page F-14.

3. Understanding General Format Identifier (GFI) Definitions

Table F-18 defines the GFI definitions.

File Type

Data2 Enveloped

ACARS Message

Table F-18 GFI Definitions

Label

304

CMU

Destination

Code

HSD-440 terminal

Label

307 (1)

Destination

Code

GFI

1110b (Eh)

A GFI of 1110 b indicates a Data 2 Enveloped ACARS Message. This message indicates to the HSD-440 terminal that this message is to be passed on through the ACARS network. Only one message is transferred per link layer ARINC 429 file. If the HSD-440 terminal is unable to deliver an enveloped message to its destination (ACARS/CMU or GES), the HSD-440 terminal discards the message.

A Data-2 HSD-440 terminal transmits to the GES all messages passed from the avionics network interface during the time that the HSD-440 terminal is logged on. If the HSD-440 terminal is not logged on, any messages passed to the HSD-440 terminal shall be discarded. While the HSD-440 terminal is logged on, any messages received from the GES shall be forwarded to the avionics network interface regardless of the state or availability of the destination avionics equipment.

Any ACARS/CMU message contains a destination code of M if it arrives from the ground to the ACARS/CMU. Similarly, any message originating from the

ACARS/CMU that is destined for a GES contains a destination code of S.

These codes are embedded in the RTS, CTS, and NCTS protocol words

(See "Understanding Protocol Words" on page F-15.)

(e) Understanding Word Types

The word types in Table F-19 are valid. For a full definition, see ARINC 429 P3,

attachment 11.

23-15-30

F-14

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table F-19 Word Types

WORD TYPE

Full Binary Data Word

Partial Binary Data Word

Start of Frame—Version 3

End of Frame—Version 3

Protocol Word

Solo Word

Start Of Transmission—Version 1

End Of Transmission—Version 1

1. Understanding the Full Binary Data Word

This word shall transmit 5 nibbles of data. See ARINC 429P3 Attachment 11 for details.

2. Understanding the Partial Binary Data Word

This word shall transmit 4 or less nibbles of data. See ARINC 429P3

Attachment 11 for details.

3. Understanding Protocol Words

The protocol words are shown in Table F-20. The protocol identifier occupies

bits 28-25 of the protocol word.

Protocol word

RTS

(Request to Send)

CTS

(Clear to Send)

NCTS

(Not Clear to Send)

NAK

(negative acknowledgement)

Table F-20 Protocol Words and Uses

Uses

The HSD-440 terminal issues an RTS to the ACARS/CMU when it is ready to send an LDU. The RTS contains a destination code

(bits 24–17) and a word count (bits 16–9).

When the HSD-440 terminal receives an RTS, it issues a CTS to the ACARS/CMU when the ACARS/CMU is ready to send an LDU.

The CTS contains the same destination code and word count as the HSD-440 terminal received in the RTS.

Bit 11 of the Status Word Label 270 from the HSD-440 terminal indicates when a satellite link is available to proceed if this is a ground destination message.

When the HSD-440 terminal either receives a valid RTS and is not ready to accept data or receives an RTS with an invalid destination or word count, it responds with an NCTS. The NCTS contains a destination code (bits 24–17).

If the HSD-440 terminal notes a missing SOT or EOT word, parity error, word count error, CRC error, or time out error, it will respond with a NAK. The NAK contains the same file sequence number in bits 24–17 as the SOT word.

23-15-30

F-15

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

ALO

(aloha)

ALR

(aloha response)

SYN

Destination code

Word count

Table F-20 Protocol Words and Uses (Continued)

Protocol word

ACK

(acknowledgement)

Uses

If the HSD-440 terminal transfers each word within the designated time and with odd parity, correct word count, and verified CRC.

The LDU is either next, first, or a duplicate. Then the HSD-440 terminal sends an ACK. The ACK word contains the file sequence number (bits 24–17) and the LDU sequence number (bits 16–9).

The HSD-440 terminal can initiate BOP V1 communication by sending an ALO word out on the bus.

The first ALO word that the HSD-440 terminal transmits contains the highest version number it supports (bits 12–9). This word determines the correct protocol to use for the exchange. The ALO also sends its own SAL (bits 24–17).

When the HSD-440 terminal receives an ALO word, it leaves its present task and responds with an ALR word. The response contains the protocol version level supported.

The HSD-440 terminal transmits a SYN word to inform the

ACARS/CMU that the construction of the last file that was transmitted is confused. The reception of a SYN word causes the

ACARS/CMU to abort any reception or transmission in progress.

In addition, if the ACARS/CMU was transmitting, it should re-initiate transmission of the file that was aborted.

RTS, CTS, and NTCS words use a destination code. The destination code field (when used, bits 24–17) indicates the final destination of the LDU. If the LDU will be used in the HSD-440 terminal, the destination code can be set to 00h. If the LDU is intended to be passed on to another onboard system, the destination code indicates that system.

RTS and CTS words use a word count. The word count field (bits

16–9) reflects the number of ARINC 429 words that will be transmitted in a subsequent LDU. The maximum word count value is 255 ARINC 429 words.

4. Understanding the Solo Word

If the data the HSD-440 terminal is sending consists of only 1 or 2 octets, then the data can be sent blind using the solo word instead of obtaining a

CTS. Solo words conform to the following rules:

• The solo word contains a 16 bit data field in bits 24–9

• Bits 31–29 are permanently set to 101b

• Solo words are not acknowledged at the link level

• Solo words are not interleaved with data file words during a data file transfer, however if the HSD-440 terminal receives a solo word during data transfer, the HSD-440 terminal shall process the solo word normally and resume file transmission or reception.

23-15-30

F-16

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

The solo word also performs test and loop back functions to test the integrity of the ARINC 429 bus interconnection between the HSD-440 terminal and the ACARS/CMU.

The HSD-440 terminal can send a 16 bit loop test pattern word (TEST) on the ARINC 429 TX bus. The ACARS/CMU then responds with the identical loop test pattern word (LOOP) on the ARINC 429 RX bus. If the LOOP does not match the TEST, the HSD-440 terminal indicates a TEST failure.

If the HSD-440 terminal receives a TEST on its ARINC 429 RX bus, it responds by transmitting an identical LOOP on the ARINC 429 TX bus.

A 4 bit identifier (bits 28–25) identifies the nature of the data being sent by

the solo word. The three types of data are shown in Table F-21.

Purpose

Test

Loop

Solo Word

Table F-21 Data Types

Bits 28-25b

0000b

0001b

Description

16 Bit Test Pattern

16 Bit Loop Back

16 Bit Data filed

5. Understanding Start of Transmission (SOT)

When the HSD-440 terminal receives a valid CTS with the destination code and word count of the previous RTS, then it responds by sending an SOT word immediately before the LDU. The SOT contains the file sequence number, the GFI, and the LDU sequence number.

The file sequence number (bits 24–17) of the SOT word is an 8 bit number assigned to the data file. It is initialized to 00h and increments by 1h for each new file sent over the link. After reaching FFh, the file sequence number returns to 01h and recommences incrementing by 1h for each new file sent.

A file consisting of multiple LDUs has the same file sequence number in each

SOT word of each LDU. The file sequence number is also used in ACK and

NAK words.

The LDU sequence number (bits 16–9) of the SOT word is an 8 Bit number assigned to the LDU. It is initialized to 00h and increments by 1h for each

LDU sent (of the same file). The LDU sequence number resets to 00h at the beginning of each new file. The LDU sequence number is also used in the

ACK word.

6. Understanding End of Transmission (EOT)

Each LDU is terminated by an EOT word. Bit 25 indicates if this LDU is the final LDU of the transfer. If it is, then this bit shall be set to 1; if it is not the final LDU, it shall be set to 0. The EOT also contains the CRC word in bits

24–9. See ARINC 429 P3, paragraph 2.5.12, for details on generating and decoding the CRC word.

23-15-30

F-17

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Blank Page

23-15-30

F-18

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

PPENDIX

G: I

NTERNATIONAL

CCESS AND

OUNTRY

ODES

Table G-1 shows a list of countries with their associated country codes and international

access codes.

Country

Afghanistan

Albania

Algeria

Angola

Anguilla

Antigua

Argentina

Armenia

Aruba

Australia

Austria

Bahamas

Bahrain

Bangladesh

Barbados

Belarus

Belgium

Belize

Benin

Bermuda

Bolivia

Bosnia and Hercegovina

Botswana

Brazil

British Virgin Islands

Bulgaria

Burkina Faso

Burma (Myanmar)

Burundi

Cambodia

Table G-1 International Access and Country Codes

355

213

244

+1 (264)

+1 (268)

374

297

+1 (242)

973

880

+1 (246)

375

501

229

+1 (441)

591

387

267

+1 (284)

359

226

257

855

Country Code

011

001

810

011

00 10

011

00 11

011

International Access Code

23-15-30

G-1

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table G-1 International Access and Country Codes (Continued)

Country

237

Country Code

Cameroon

Canada

Cape Verde

Cayman Islands

Central African Republic

Chad

Chile

China

Colombia

Comoros

Congo (Brazzaville) 242

Congo (Kinshasa, formerly Zaire) 243

269

238

+1 (345)

236

235

Cook Islands

Costa Rica

Cote d'Ivoire (Ivory Coast)

Croatia

682

506

225

385

Cuba

Cyprus

Czech Republic

Denmark

Diego-Garcia

Djibouti

Dominica

Dominican Republic

East Timor

Ecuador

Egypt

El Salvador

Equatorial Guinea

Eritrea

Estonia

Ethiopia

Falkland Islands

Faroe Islands

Fiji

Finland

France

357

420

246

253

+1 (767)

+1 (809), +1 (829)

670

593

503

240

291

372

251

500

298

679

358

011

119

810

009

International Access Code

011

23-15-30

G-2

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table G-1 International Access and Country Codes (Continued)

Country

French Antilles

French Guiana

French Polynesia

Gabon

Gambia

Germany

Ghana

Gibraltar

Greece

Greenland

Grenada

Guam

Guatemala

Guinea

Guinea-Bissau

Guyana

Haiti

Honduras

Hong Kong

Hungary

Iceland

India

Indonesia

Iran

Iraq

Ireland

Israel

Italy

Ivory Coast (Cote d'Ivoire)

Jamaica

Japan

Jordan

Kazakstan

Kenya

Kuwait

Kyrgyz Republic

Laos

590

594

689

241

220

233

350

299

+1 (473)

+1 (671)

502

224

245

592

509

504

852

354

964

353

972

Country Code

225

+1 (876)

962

254

965

996

856

010

810

000

001

900

001

011

001, 008

011

009

International Access Code

23-15-30

G-3

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Latvia

Lebanon

Lesotho

Liberia

Libya

Liechtenstein

Lithuania

Luxembourg

Country

Macao

Macedonia

Madagascar

Malawi

Malaysia

Maldives

Mali

Malta

Marshall Islands

Martinique

Mauritania

Mauritius

Mayotte and Reunion

Mexico

Micronesia

Moldova

Monaco

Mongolia

Montenegro

Montserrat

Morocco

Mozambique

Namibia

Nauru

Nepal

Netherlands

New Caledonia

New Zealand

Nicaragua

Table G-1 International Access and Country Codes (Continued)

264

674

977

687

505

222

230

262

223

356

692

596

691

373

377

976

382

+1 (664)

212

258

261

265

960

370

352

853

389

371

961

Country Code

266

231

218

423

011

001

356

011

101

International Access Code

810

23-15-30

G-4

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table G-1 International Access and Country Codes (Continued)

Country

Niger

Nigeria

Niue Island

North Korea

Northern Mariana Islands

(Commonwealth of)

Norway

Oman

Pakistan

Palau

Palestine

Panama

Papua New Guinea

Paraguay

Peru

Philippines

Poland

Portugal

Puerto Rico

Qatar

Romania

Russia

Rwanda

Samoa

San Marino

Saudi Arabia

Senegal

Serbia

Seychelles

Sierra Leone

Singapore

Slovakia

Slovenia

Solomon Islands

Somalia

South Africa

South Korea

227

234

Country Code

683

850

+1 (670)

968

680

970

507

675

595

351

+1 (787)

974

250

685

378

966

221

381

248

232

421

386

677

252

International Access Code

009

011

001

011

810

002

095

011

23-15-30

G-5

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table G-1 International Access and Country Codes (Continued)

Country

Spain

Sri Lanka

St Helena and Tristan da Cunha

St Kitts

St Lucia

St Pierre and Miquelon

St Vincent

Sudan

Suriname

Swaziland

Sweden

Switzerland

Syria

Taiwan

Tajikistan

Tanzania

Thailand

Togolese Republic

Tokelau

Tonga

Trinidad and Tobago

Tunisia

Turkey

Turkmenistan

Turks and Caicos

Tuvalu, Ellice Islands

U.S. Pacific Islands

U.S. Virgin Islands

Uganda

Ukraine

United Arab Emirates

United Kingdom

United States

Uruguay

Uzbekistan

Vanuatu

Country Code

290

+1 (869)

+1 (758)

508

+1 (784)

249

597

268

963

886

992

255

228

690

676

+1 (868)

216

993

+1 (649)

688

+1 670, +1 671,

+1 684

598

998

678

+1 (340)

256

380

971

011

000

810

011

810

011

810

011

001

002

810

000

002

011

International Access Code

011

23-15-30

G-6

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Country

Vatican City

Venezuela

Vietnam

Wallis and Futuna

Yemen

Yugoslavia

Zambia

Zimbabwe

Table G-1 International Access and Country Codes (Continued)

Country Code

+39, +379

681

967 00

(+38 discontinued) 99

260

263

International Access Code

110

23-15-30

G-7

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Blank Page

23-15-30

G-8

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

PPENDIX

H: I

NMARSAT

AUSE

ODES

Table H-1 defines the maintenance port menu fault codes of the HSD-440 terminal.

Table H-1 Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions

1393

1451

1452

1502

1551

1581

1591

1592

1651

1661

1202

1281

1291

1351

1361

1362

1363

1391

1392

1091

1092

1141

1142

1143

1144

1145

1146

Inmarsat Cause Code

1001

Code Definition

Call cleared by MES terminal (normal termination of call)

1011

1012

1021

1081

Call failed, MES terminal busy

Call cleared, MES terminal busy

Call failed, MES time-out (no answer)

Call failed, MES terminal not installed

Call failed, MES terminal out-of-service

Call cleared, MES terminal out-of-service

MES preempted clear by higher priority call

MES preempted fixed call by higher priority call

Offered call cleared, pre-empted at MES

Call cleared, MES initiated preemption

Attempted call cleared, pre-empted at MES

Attempted call abandoned by MES terminal

Handover, MES ready

Call failed, MES cannot accept

Call failed, MES cannot accept at present

Call cleared, insufficient free memory

Call cleared by MES cable unwrap

Call cleared, long interruption in reception at MES

MES secondary clear due to repoint OR

Call cleared, traveled distance exceeds 700km

Call cleared, spot beam transition (call terminated because aircraft left spot beam)

Call cleared, cooperative mode

Call failed, terrestrial circuits congested

Call failed, LES congested (no channel and no circuit)

Handover, LES Ready, normal clear

Call failed, LES congested (no channel)

Call failed, service not provided at this LES

Call failed, service temporarily not available at this LES

Call cleared, credit card type not supported

Call failed, LES congested (no channel terminal)

Call failed, long interruption in reception at LES

23-15-30

H-1

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table H-1 Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)

2030

2040

2041

2048

2049

2050

2011

2012

2020

2021

2022

2023

1853

1854

1855

1856

1857

2000

2001

2010

Inmarsat Cause Code

1662

1790

Code Definition

LES long term blockage of SCPC MES

Call cleared, failure credit card validation process

1791

1811

1812

1841

1842

1843

1844

1851

1852

Call cleared, failure authentication process

NCS MES ID busy

NCS MES ID busy IPDS

Call cleared, NCS initiated preemption for incoming Pri.1 call

Call cleared, NCS initiated preemption for incoming Pri.2 call

Call cleared, NCS initiated preemption for incoming Pri.3 call

Call cleared, NCS initiated preemption

Call failed, satellite congestion NCS reject no SCPC available

Call failed, satellite congestion NCS reject SCPC does not match request

2024

2025

Call failed, lease channel congestion

Call failed, MES outside spot beam coverage area

Call rejected, preemption failed, no channel available

Call rejected, spot beam selection failed

Handover failed, channel not available

MES int reject MES RQ invalid CNO

MES int reject MES RQ failed qualification

MES int reject MES RP invalid CNO

MES int reject MES RP failed qualification

MES int reject MES RP operation timeout

MES int reject NCSA missing

MES int reject NCSA invalid CNO

MES int reject NCSA failed qualification

Call failed, Signal lost on NCSA during call setup, check antenna and try again

Call failed, Missing channel assignment, try again

2051

Call failed, Signal lost on NCSC during call setup, check antenna and try again

MES int reject LES ID failed qualification

MES int reject SCCS invalid CNO

MES int reject SCCS not paired

Call failed, invalid number dialed

Call failed, terminal not ready for call, try later

Call failed, Not allowed to make another mobile call yet, wait

20 seconds and try again

Call failed, dialed number is barred

23-15-30

H-2

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table H-1 Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)

2094

2095

2100

2101

2102

2103

2104

2105

2063

2070

2071

2080

2090

2091

2092

2093

2106

2120

2200

2201

2300

2301

2302

2400

8000

Inmarsat Cause Code

2052

2053

Code Definition

Call failed, LES selected is barred

Call failed, number dialed must be in a phonebook

2053

2055

2056

2057

2058

2059

2060

2061

2062

Call failed, terminal can only be used with a valid SIM

Call failed, user not logged in

Call failed, user not logged in to SIM

Call failed, LES is not in SIM allowed list

Call cleared, SIM removed during call

Call failed, terminal is locked for outgoing calls

MES int reject NCSS failed qualification

MES int reject spot beam invalid

Call failed, no spot beams in the ocean region, select another

Terminal ID is not set correctly, check with dealer

Lost NCSC signal, seeking

Stand-Alone Mode finished, seeking network

SIM error, check SIM is inserted correctly

MES int reject ORR query invalid

MES int reject ORR invalid

MES int reject MES RR failed qualification

MES int reject MES RR invalid CNO

MES int reject NCRA missing

MES int reject NCRA lost lock

MES int reject illegal call type

MES Int reject illegal peripheral

Call request failed, call already in progress

Call failed, star code is badly formatted

Call failed, cannot accept two address book star codes

Call failed, address book entry not found

Call failed, star code does not exist

MES int reject no transmit power available

Battery flat for terminal operation

Call cleared, used all allocated time for call type

MES int reject no coop response

MES int reject no power

MES int reject no location report

MES int reject no ORA SU found

ACSE Recycling

23-15-30

H-3

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table H-1 Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)

8203

8204

8210

8211

8300

8301

8302

8303

8304

8305

8306

8080

8081

8100

8110

8120

8200

8201

8202

8021

8022

8023

8024

8025

8030

8040

8041

Inmarsat Cause Code

8001

8002

Code Definition

ACSE Top Of Find BB

ACSE Top Of Process BB

8010

8011

8012

8013

8014

8018

8019

8020

ACSE Finding Primary NCS Long

ACSE Finding Secondary NCS Short

ACSE Finding Primary Standalone Short

ACSE Finding Primary NCS Short

ACSE Finding Primary Standalone Long

ACSE Finding Secondary Standalone Short

ACSE Finding Secondary Standalone Long

ACSE Found Primary NCS

ACSE Found Secondary NCS

ACSE Found Primary Standalone

ACSE Found Secondary Standalone

ACSE found primary NGNCS

ACSE found secondary NGNCS

ACSE NSR Invalid

ACSE Inert

ACSE ODU Status

ACSE NSR Valid

ACSE NSR Valid LES A

ACSE Booting

ACSE Booted

ACSE FIDR ID Invalid

ACSE Spot Beam Selection

ACSE Next Spot Beam

ACSE Successful Spot Beam Selection

ACSE Failed To Find Spot Beam

ACSE Spot Beam Selective Clear

ACSE Spot Beam Reject Mobile Call No ID

ACSE Spot Beam Reject Mobile Call No TDM

ACSE ORR

ACSE Successful ORR

ACSE Failed ORR

ACSE No ORR

ACSE ORR Tune NCRA

ACSE ORR MES RR

ACSE failed retry ORR

23-15-30

H-4

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table H-1 Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)

8580

8581

8582

8583

8584

8585

8586

8600

8800

8801

8900

8500

8501

8502

8503

8510

8511

8520

8521

8421

8480

8481

8482

8483

8484

8485

8486

Inmarsat Cause Code

8310

8311

Code Definition

ACSE ORR Query Begin

ACSE ORR Query Burst

8312

8313

8400

8401

8402

8410

8411

8420

ACSE ORR Query Successful

ACSE ORR Query Failed

ACSE Fixed Begin

ACSE Fixed MESRP

ACSE Fixed Call Type Set

ACSE Fixed Tune NCSA

ACSE Fixed Channel Assignment

ACSE Fixed Clearing Call

ACSE Fixed Selective Clear

ACSE Fixed SCPC Begin

ACSE Fixed SCPC Transmitting

ACSE Fixed Authentication Begin

ACSE Fixed Authentication End

ACSE Fixed Power Control

ACSE Fixed MES Connect

ACSE Fixed Ringing Begin

ACSE Mobile Begin

ACSE Mobile MES RQ1

ACSE Mobile MES RQ2

ACSE Mobile Call Type Set

ACSE Mobile Tune NCSA

ACSE Mobile Channel Assignment

ACSE Mobile Clearing Call

ACSE Mobile Selective Clear

ACSE Mobile SCPC Begin

ACSE Mobile SCPC Transmitting

ACSE Mobile Authentication Begin

ACSE Mobile Authentication End

ACSE Mobile Power Control

ACSE Mobile LES Connect

ACSE Mobile Ringing Begin

MPDS SCPC Mode Selected

ACSE cable call begin

ACSE cable call successful

ACSE Logoff Begin

23-15-30

H-5

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table H-1 Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)

9106

9107

9108

9109

9120

9121

9122

9123

9124

9125

9126

9091

9092

9100

9101

9102

9103

9104

9105

9082

9083

9084

9085

9086

9087

9088

9090

Inmarsat Cause Code

8901

8902

Code Definition

ACSE Successful Logoff

ACSE No ORR Logoff

9000

9003

9004

9020

9021

9022

9080

9081

ACSE accepts call

ACSE accepted

ACSE rejected

ACSE call waiting

ACSE idle selective clear

ACSE TDM not found

ACSE rejected fixed call due to invalid NSR

ACSE In MRSi

ACSE sounder turned on

ACSE sounder turned off

ACSE in lock

ACSE out of lock

ACSE ext sounder turned on

ACSE ext sounder turned off

ACSE timer about to expire

ACSE Smartcard activated

ACSE Smartcard removed

ACSE Smartcard error

Peripheral on hook

Peripheral off hook

Peripheral connected

Peripheral ringing

Peripheral ready

Peripheral hanging up

Peripheral hang up

Peripheral not responding

Peripheral dialing

Peripheral abort dialing

Peripheral DTMF accepted

Peripheral DTMF rejected

Peripheral invalid request

Peripheral valid request

Peripheral bonding auto

Peripheral bonding slave

Peripheral bonding none

23-15-30

H-6

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table H-1 Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)

400120

400200

400201

400202

400208

400209

400210

400211

400212

400900

400901

400081

400082

400090

400100

400105

400110

400111

400112

9208

9209

400000

400001

400002

400003

400080

Inmarsat Cause Code

9130

9131

Code Definition

Peripheral STU enabled

Peripheral STU disabled

9200

9201

9202

9203

9204

9205

9206

9207

MSG T_AM received

MSG A_AM received

MSG T_HA received

MMI normal

MMI inert

MMI programming

MMI reboot

MMI powerdown

MMI accepted

MMI rejected

CT SP bad

No call pending

CT SP good

CT SP full

CT SP access denied

CT SP find

CT SP enumerate

CT SP no entries

CT SP delete

CT SP spot beam selection

CT SP MPDS

CT SP ocean region registration

CT SP ORR query

CT SP log off

CT SP cable call

CT SP go idle

CT SP go idle due to configuration

CT SP selective clear

CT SP go idle clear spot beam

CT SP go idle clear NSR

CT SP go inert

CT SP go inert Smartcard

CT SP go inert DDS poll

CT SP ODU status

CT SP ODU status no alarms

23-15-30

H-7

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table H-1 Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)

11D5

11D6

11D7

11D8

11E0

11E1

12B1

800622

800623

800625

11A0

11D1

11D2

11D3

11D4

Inmarsat Cause Code

400902

400910

Code Definition

CT SP ODU status DDS

CT SP prod test

400911

401000

800124

800404

800504

800606

800607

800610

CT SP prod test ODU

CT SP clear spot beam

Mobile aero 64k speech

Mobile data

Mobile facsimile

Mobile 64k UDI

Mobile 56k UDI

Mobile 64k audio 3k1

Mobile aero 64k UDI

Mobile aero 56k UDI

Mobile aero 64k audio 3k1

Call cleared, credit card not accepted

Call failed, Request data invalid

Call failed, insufficient digits in service address

Call failed, invalid service address

Call cleared, credit card data information invalid

Call cleared, invalid country code

Call cleared, PID information is not consistent

Call rejected, invalid service for Pri.1 or 2 call

Call cleared, dialed number not 2 or 3 digits for Pr.1 or 2 call

Call cleared, invalid credit card PIN at this LES

Call cleared, too many invalid credit card call attempts

Call cleared by MES for unspecified reason, for example:

12C2

12C3

12C4

12C5

12C6

12C7

12C8

• GPS conflict

• Insufficient HPA power available to make call

• HPA over current

Call cleared, no credit card valid message received

Call failed, MES time-out (no terrestrial answer)

Call cleared, authentication query not received (usually caused by call setup failure)

Call cleared, MES missing sup service SU

Call cleared, MES missing sup service 2SU

Call cleared, MES missing SCPC channel release SU sup service

Handover failed, LES not detected

23-15-30

H-8

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table H-1 Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)

15CC

15CD

15D1

15D2

15E1

16C2

16C3

18A1

15C2

15C3

15C4

15C5

15C7

15C9

15CA

15CB

18A2

18A3

18B1

18B2

18C1

18C3

18D1

18E1

18E2

1F01

Inmarsat Cause Code

12D1

12D2

Code Definition

Call failed, Spot-beam data invalid

Call failed, invalid scrambling vector

15A1

15A2

15A3

15A4

15A5

15A6

15B1

15C1

Call failed, MES not authorized at this LES

Call failed, service not authorized at this LES

Call cleared, credit card not authorized

Call cleared, authentication reply invalid

Call failed, PID not authorized for any service

Call failed, PID not authorized for requested service

Call cleared by LES for unspecified reason

Call failed, LES time-out (no assignment)

Call failed, LES time-out (no service address)

Call failed, LES time-out (no scrambling vector)

Call failed, no service address and no scrambling vector

Call cleared, incomplete credit card data information

Call failed, LES time-out (no MES Connect)

Call cleared, no authentication reply

Call cleared, notification ack not received

Call cleared, invalid sequence number in notification ack

Handover failed, no response to request

Handover failed, MES not ready

Call failed, LES time-out (invalid assignment)

LES MES already busy

Call cleared but MES still transmitting (FAULT)

LES missing MES SCPC

Handover failed, MES not detected

NCS MES ID not found

Call failed, MES not authorized

Call failed, LES not authorized

Call failed by NCS for unspecified reason

Call rejected, invalid service requested

NCS MES burst missing

NCS MES busy preemption failed

Call failed, invalid call request

NCS MES busy already

NCS MES busy already MPDS

Call cleared by terrestrial circuit (normal call termination from ground source)

23-15-30

H-9

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table H-1 Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)

B000

B001

B002

B003

B004

B010

B011

B020

B021

B022

B024

90A3

90B0

90B1

90C0

90C1

90D0

90D1

90F0

4000F2

80010F

8D0FFF

8E0FFF

8F0FFF

90A0

90A1

90A2

Inmarsat Cause Code

1F11

1F21

Code Definition

Call failed, terrestrial party busy

Call failed, LES time-out (no answer)

1F61

1F62

2F00

2F01

2F02

4000A0

4000F0

4000F1

Call failed, terrestrial circuit failure (call attempted during ORR)

Call failed, early clear by terrestrial circuit

LES int reject lack of MES RESP response

LES int reject lack of MES ARN response

LES int reject incorrect SVECSCPC

CT SP any

CT Terminal ID

CT Options

CT config names

Mobile 64k speech

Mobile Mini-M

Mobile HSD

Mobile

EXPPORT bonding started

EXPPORT bonding ended

EXPPORT remote panel present

EXPPORT remote panel removed

ACSE MPDS mode selected

ACSE SCPC mode selected

ACSE transmit on

ACSE transmit off

ACSE spot beam handover started

ACSE spot beam termination timer started

Event log wiped

Mod error, general

Mod error, tune failed

Mod error, mode failed

Mod error, mmr failed

Mod error, not responding

MOD Invalid Mode

MOD Command Invalid

Mod error, su underflow

MOD Su overflow

MOD Su not transmitted

MOD invalid frame no

23-15-30

H-10

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table H-1 Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)

B312

B313

B314

B315

B316

B320

B321

B322

B323

B324

B328

B220

B27F

B280

B281

B300

B301

B310

B311

B130

B133

B200

B201

B202

B204

B208

B210

Inmarsat Cause Code

B025

B028

Code Definition

MOD invalid slot no

MOD cannot Tx Su while tuning

B030

B032

B033

B040

B100

B101

B102

B110

MOD channel out of range

MOD cannot tune while Tx

MOD tuning in progress

MOD error watchdog

DEMOD error, general

DEMOD error, tune failed

DEMOD error, mode failed

DEMOD invalid mode

DEMOD channel out of range

DEMOD tuning in progress

Generic modem error

RF error RX VHF

RF error RX Lband

RF error RX VHF

RF error TX Lband

RF error RF error

RF error Ref error

Mod watchdog tripped

Generic voice codec errors

TMS spurious interrupt

Outdoor terminal failure, check connections to ODU

ODU error cannot set cable attenuator

ODU error power response missing

ODU error tune response missing

ODU error HPA control response missing

ODU error HPA status response missing

ODU error alarm response missing

ODU error burst timer response missing

ODU error HPA backoff response missing

ODU error alarm heat

ODU error alarm burst

ODU error alarm power

ODU error alarm over voltage

ODU error alarm reverse power

ODU failed due to tx power check

23-15-30

H-11

24 JUN 09

EMS SATCOM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

Table H-1 Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)

C00124

C00404

C00504

C00606

C00607

C00610

C00622

C00623

C00625

CD0FFF

CE0FFF

CF0FFF

FFFD

FFFE

FFFF

Inmarsat Cause Code

B329

B330

Code Definition

ODU error alarm timeout

ODU error alarm timeout no trip

B400

B401

B410

B500

B501

B580

B581

C0010F

Internal temperature of terminal too high, turn off for 10 minutes

Internal temperature sensor failed

Mod error, handshake failure, power down/up and try again

Battery charging communication failure

Power supply error

Battery is over temperature, charging disabled

Battery temperature is now ok, charging enabled

Fixed 64k speech

Fixed aero 64k speech

Fixed data

Fixed facsimile

Fixed 64k UDI

Fixed 56k UDI

Fixed 64k audio 3k1

Fixed aero 64k UDI

Fixed aero 56k UDI

Fixed aero 64k audio 3k1

Fixed Mini-M

Fixed HSD

Fixed

ACSE end marker (MPDS)

Status undefined (MPDS)

Status OK (MPDS)

23-15-30

H-12

24 JUN 09

Key features

High-speed data transmission
Inmarsat satellite communication
Swift64 voice and fax calls
Data connections
Airborne networks
ICAO ID support
ARINC 429 interface
MCDU interface
Remote reset
Self-test

Frequently asked questions

The eNfusion HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal is a device used for high-speed data transmission via Inmarsat satellite communication. It supports Swift64 voice and fax calls, data connections, and airborne networks. It also features an MCDU interface, ARINC 429 interface, and remote reset capabilities, making it ideal for aircraft applications.

To register and activate your terminal, you'll need to obtain ISNs, identify the service category and terminal type, choose a service provider, and then register your terminal. The process includes providing terminal information to your chosen service provider.

The eNfusion HSD-440 terminal offers various modes of operation, including Swift64 voice and fax calls, data connections, and airborne networks. Each mode provides specific functionality and capabilities tailored to different communication needs.

This manual provides extensive troubleshooting guides and procedures. You can access diagnostic reports from the terminal's MPU, which can help pinpoint the source of any issue. The manual also includes a detailed troubleshooting table with potential causes and solutions for various fault conditions.

The eNfusion HSD-440 terminal meets RTCA/DO-160E environmental specifications. These specifications define the temperature range, vibration, humidity, and other factors the terminal can withstand during operation.

The terminal can be configured using both the control processor software and the MCDU interface. Configuration options include setting up airborne networks, mapping user devices for ISDN services, configuring terminal categories, and setting APN names. These configurations are crucial for proper operation of the terminal.

eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal

System Description, Installation, and Maintenance Manual

CUSTOMER RESPONSE FORM

Publication information:

Customer information:

Comments and suggestions:

RECORD OF REVISIONS

SERVICE BULLETIN LIST

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIST OF FIGURES

LIST OF TABLES

INTRODUCTION

1.

Illustration of Equipment

2.

Product Terms and Conditions

3.

Reference Documents

4.

Acronyms and Abbreviations

5.

Safety Advisories

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

1.

Inmarsat System Overview

2.

Equipment Overview

3.

Equipment Specifications

4.

Software Description

5.

Mechanical Description

6.

Electrical Description

7.

System Interfaces

8.

User Interfaces

9.

Initiated Self-Test

10. Modes of Operation

SYSTEM OPERATION

1.

Registering and Activating Terminals

2.

Configuring Terminals

3.

Using Terminals

INSTALLATION

1.

Advisories

2.

Pre-Installation Inspection

3.

ARINC 600 Trays and Connectors

4.

Mechanical Installation

5.

Electrical Installation

6.

Installation and Engineering Diagrams

7.

Connection Details

TEST AND FAULT ISOLATION

1.

Operational and Diagnostic Testing

2.

Troubleshooting and Fault Isolation

3.

Adjustment/Alignment Procedures

4.

Modification History

MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR

1.

Maintenance

2.

Repair

3.